Перевод: с латинского на все языки

со всех языков на латинский

Со всех языков на:
Латинский
С латинского на:
Английский

not long before

Толкование Перевод

1 moltus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > moltus
2 multi

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multi
3 multus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multus
4 plurimum

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > plurimum
5 pridem

prīdem, adv. [from the obsol. pri-, prei-, (= prae; whence prior, primus, pridie), with demonstrative suffix dem], long ago, long since, a long time ago; without a negative:
ita me pridem facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 29; id. Rud. 4, 7, 23:
quod ad me pridem scripseras,
Cic. Fam. 5, 6, 2; Stat. Th. 3, 680.—With a negative: non pridem, haud pridem, not long ago, a short time ago, lately (class.):
hoc ego mali non pridem inveni,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 17:
recens natura est mundi, neque pridem exordia cepit,
Lucr. 5, 331:
haud ita pridem,
not so very long ago, Hor. S. 2, 2, 46:
Themistocles fuit, nostrā civitate non ita pridem dominatu regio liberatā,
not long before, Cic. Brut. 10, 41.— In old times, in former times, in time past, aforetime, formerly:
nunc jam non classem, in quam, sicuti pridem, confugiant, superesse,
Just. 5, 7, 12:
Italiam notiorem sibi nunc, quam pridem fuisse,
id. 31, 3, 10:
eodem igitur furore in paenitentiam, quo pridem in iram versus, mori voluit,
id. 12, 6, 7: quam pridem, how long ago, for how long a time:
quam pridem pater et mater mortui essent,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 11:
quam pridem non edisti,
Plaut. Stich. 2, 1, 46; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 48, § 126; id. Rosc. Com. 3, 8.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > pridem
6 prīdem

prīdem adv. [PRO-], long ago, long since, a long time ago: cupio equidem et iam pridem cupio, have long wished: Iam pridem a me orat, etc., this long time, V.: Hoc ego mali non pridem inveni, lately, T.: haud ita pridem, not so long ago, H.: nostrā civitate non ita pridem liberatā, not long before: quam pridem venisset, how long ago.
* * *

ADV

some time ago, previously

Latin-English dictionary > prīdem
7 B

B, b, indecl. n., designates, in the Latin alphabet, the soft, labial sound as in English, unlike the Gr. beta (B, b), which approached the Engl. v in sound; v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 124 sqq. At the beginning of words it represents an original dv or gv, and elsewhere an original gv, p, v, or bh ( v); v. Corss. Ausspr. I. pp. 134, 161. It corresponds regularly with Gr. b, but freq. also with p, and, in the middle of words, with ph; cf. brevis, brachus; ab, apo; carbasus, karpasos; ambo, amphi, amphô; nubes, nephos, etc.; v. Roby, Gram. I. p. 26; Kühner, Gram. § 34, 6. In Latin, as in all kindred languages, it was used in forming words to express the cry of different animals, as balare, barrire, baubari, blacterare, boare, bombitare, bubere, bubulare; children beginning to talk called their drink bua; so, balbus denoted the stammering sound, bambalio the stuttering, blatire and blaterare the babbling, blaesus the lisping, blandus the caressing. At the beginning of words b is found with no consonants except l and r (for bdellium, instead of which Marc. Emp. also wrote bdella, is a foreign word); but in the middle of words it is connected with other liquid and feeble consonants. Before hard consonants b is found only in compounds with ob and sub, the only prepositions, besides ab, which end in a labial sound; and these freq. rejected the labial, even when they are separated by the insertion of s, as abspello and absporto pass into aspello and asporto; or the place of the labial is supplied by u, as in aufero and aufugio (cf. ab init. and au); before f and p it is assimilated, as suffero, suppono; before m assimilated or not, as summergo or submergo; before c sometimes assimilated, as succedo, succingo, sometimes taking the form sus (as if from subs; cf. abs), as suscenseo; and sometimes su before s followed by a consonant, as suspicor. When b belonged to the root of a word it seems to have been retained, as plebs from plebis, urbs from urbis, etc.; so in Arabs, chalybs ( = Araps, chalups), the Gr. ps was represented by bs; as also in absis, absinthi-um, etc. But in scripsi from scribo, nupsi from nubo, etc., b was changed to p, though some grammarians still wrote bs in these words; cf. Prisc. pp. 556, 557 P.; Vel. Long. pp. 2224, 2261 ib. Of the liquids, l and r stand either before or after b, but m only before it, with the exception of abmatertera, parallel with the equally anomalous abpatruus (cf. ab init. and fin.), and n only after it; hence con and in before b always become com and im; as inversely b before n is sometimes changed to m, as Samnium for Sabinium and scamnum for scabnum, whence the dim. scabellum. B is so readily joined with u that not only acubus, arcubus, etc., were written for acibus, arcibus, etc., but also contubernium was formed from taberna, and bubile was used for bovile, as also in dubius ( = doios, duo) a b was inserted. B could be doubled, as appears not only from the foreign words abbas and sabbatum, but also from obba and gibba, and the compounds with ob and sub. B is reduplicated in bibo (cf the Gr. piô), as the shortness of the first syllable in the preterit bĭbi, compared with dēdi and stĕti or sti/ti, shows; although later bibo was treated as a primitive, and the supine bibitum formed from it. Sometimes before b an m was inserted, e. g. in cumbo for cubo kuptô, lambo for laptô, nimbus for nephos; inversely, also, it was rejected in sabucus for sambucus and labdacismus for lambdacismus. As in the middle, so at the beginning of words, b might take the place of another labial, e. g. buxis for pyxis, balaena for phalaina, carbatina for carpatina, publicus from poplicus, ambo for amphô; as even Enn. wrote Burrus and Bruges for Pyrrhus and Phryges; Naev., Balantium for Palatium (v. the latter words, and cf. Fest. p. 26).—In a later age, but not often before A.D. 300, intercourse with the Greeks caused the pronunciation of the b and v to be so similar that Adamantius Martyrius in Cassiod. pp. 2295-2310 P., drew up a separate catalogue of words which might be written with either b or v. So, Petronius has berbex for verbex, and in inscrr., but not often before A. D. 300, such errors as bixit for vixit, abe for ave, ababus for abavus, etc. (as inversely vene, devitum, acervus, vasis instead of bene, debitum, acerbus, basis), are found; Flabio, Jubentius, for Flavio, Juventius, are rare cases from the second century after Christ.—The interchange between labials, palatals, and linguals (as glans for balanos, bilis for fel or cholê) is rare at the beginning of words, but more freq. in the middle; cf. tabeo, têkô, and Sanscr. tak, terebra and teretron, uber and outhar; besides which the change of tribus Sucusana into Suburana (Varr. L. L. 5, § 48 Müll.; Quint. 1, 7, 29) deserves consideration. This interchange is most freq. in terminations used in forming words, as ber, cer, ter; brum or bulum, crum or culum, trum, bundus and cundus; bilis and tilis, etc.—Finally, the interchange of b with du at the beginning of words deserves special mention, as duonus for bonus, Bellona for Duellona, bellum for duellum, bellicus for duellicus, etc., and bis from duis.—As an abbreviation, B usually designates bonus or bene. Thus, B. D. = Bona Dea, Inscr. Orell. 1524; 2427; 2822:
B. M. = bene merenti,
ib. 99; 114; 506:
B. M. P. = bene merenti posuit,
ib. 255:
B. D. S. M. = bene de se meritae,
ib. 2437:
B. V. V. = bene vale valeque,
ib. 4816:
B. M. = bonae memoriae,
ib. 1136; 3385:
B. M. = bonā mente,
ib. 5033;
sometimes it stands for beneficiarius, and BB. beneficiarii,
ib. 3489; 3868; 3486 al.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > B
8 b

B, b, indecl. n., designates, in the Latin alphabet, the soft, labial sound as in English, unlike the Gr. beta (B, b), which approached the Engl. v in sound; v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 124 sqq. At the beginning of words it represents an original dv or gv, and elsewhere an original gv, p, v, or bh ( v); v. Corss. Ausspr. I. pp. 134, 161. It corresponds regularly with Gr. b, but freq. also with p, and, in the middle of words, with ph; cf. brevis, brachus; ab, apo; carbasus, karpasos; ambo, amphi, amphô; nubes, nephos, etc.; v. Roby, Gram. I. p. 26; Kühner, Gram. § 34, 6. In Latin, as in all kindred languages, it was used in forming words to express the cry of different animals, as balare, barrire, baubari, blacterare, boare, bombitare, bubere, bubulare; children beginning to talk called their drink bua; so, balbus denoted the stammering sound, bambalio the stuttering, blatire and blaterare the babbling, blaesus the lisping, blandus the caressing. At the beginning of words b is found with no consonants except l and r (for bdellium, instead of which Marc. Emp. also wrote bdella, is a foreign word); but in the middle of words it is connected with other liquid and feeble consonants. Before hard consonants b is found only in compounds with ob and sub, the only prepositions, besides ab, which end in a labial sound; and these freq. rejected the labial, even when they are separated by the insertion of s, as abspello and absporto pass into aspello and asporto; or the place of the labial is supplied by u, as in aufero and aufugio (cf. ab init. and au); before f and p it is assimilated, as suffero, suppono; before m assimilated or not, as summergo or submergo; before c sometimes assimilated, as succedo, succingo, sometimes taking the form sus (as if from subs; cf. abs), as suscenseo; and sometimes su before s followed by a consonant, as suspicor. When b belonged to the root of a word it seems to have been retained, as plebs from plebis, urbs from urbis, etc.; so in Arabs, chalybs ( = Araps, chalups), the Gr. ps was represented by bs; as also in absis, absinthi-um, etc. But in scripsi from scribo, nupsi from nubo, etc., b was changed to p, though some grammarians still wrote bs in these words; cf. Prisc. pp. 556, 557 P.; Vel. Long. pp. 2224, 2261 ib. Of the liquids, l and r stand either before or after b, but m only before it, with the exception of abmatertera, parallel with the equally anomalous abpatruus (cf. ab init. and fin.), and n only after it; hence con and in before b always become com and im; as inversely b before n is sometimes changed to m, as Samnium for Sabinium and scamnum for scabnum, whence the dim. scabellum. B is so readily joined with u that not only acubus, arcubus, etc., were written for acibus, arcibus, etc., but also contubernium was formed from taberna, and bubile was used for bovile, as also in dubius ( = doios, duo) a b was inserted. B could be doubled, as appears not only from the foreign words abbas and sabbatum, but also from obba and gibba, and the compounds with ob and sub. B is reduplicated in bibo (cf the Gr. piô), as the shortness of the first syllable in the preterit bĭbi, compared with dēdi and stĕti or sti/ti, shows; although later bibo was treated as a primitive, and the supine bibitum formed from it. Sometimes before b an m was inserted, e. g. in cumbo for cubo kuptô, lambo for laptô, nimbus for nephos; inversely, also, it was rejected in sabucus for sambucus and labdacismus for lambdacismus. As in the middle, so at the beginning of words, b might take the place of another labial, e. g. buxis for pyxis, balaena for phalaina, carbatina for carpatina, publicus from poplicus, ambo for amphô; as even Enn. wrote Burrus and Bruges for Pyrrhus and Phryges; Naev., Balantium for Palatium (v. the latter words, and cf. Fest. p. 26).—In a later age, but not often before A.D. 300, intercourse with the Greeks caused the pronunciation of the b and v to be so similar that Adamantius Martyrius in Cassiod. pp. 2295-2310 P., drew up a separate catalogue of words which might be written with either b or v. So, Petronius has berbex for verbex, and in inscrr., but not often before A. D. 300, such errors as bixit for vixit, abe for ave, ababus for abavus, etc. (as inversely vene, devitum, acervus, vasis instead of bene, debitum, acerbus, basis), are found; Flabio, Jubentius, for Flavio, Juventius, are rare cases from the second century after Christ.—The interchange between labials, palatals, and linguals (as glans for balanos, bilis for fel or cholê) is rare at the beginning of words, but more freq. in the middle; cf. tabeo, têkô, and Sanscr. tak, terebra and teretron, uber and outhar; besides which the change of tribus Sucusana into Suburana (Varr. L. L. 5, § 48 Müll.; Quint. 1, 7, 29) deserves consideration. This interchange is most freq. in terminations used in forming words, as ber, cer, ter; brum or bulum, crum or culum, trum, bundus and cundus; bilis and tilis, etc.—Finally, the interchange of b with du at the beginning of words deserves special mention, as duonus for bonus, Bellona for Duellona, bellum for duellum, bellicus for duellicus, etc., and bis from duis.—As an abbreviation, B usually designates bonus or bene. Thus, B. D. = Bona Dea, Inscr. Orell. 1524; 2427; 2822:
B. M. = bene merenti,
ib. 99; 114; 506:
B. M. P. = bene merenti posuit,
ib. 255:
B. D. S. M. = bene de se meritae,
ib. 2437:
B. V. V. = bene vale valeque,
ib. 4816:
B. M. = bonae memoriae,
ib. 1136; 3385:
B. M. = bonā mente,
ib. 5033;
sometimes it stands for beneficiarius, and BB. beneficiarii,
ib. 3489; 3868; 3486 al.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > b
9 multō

multō adv. [ abl n. of multus], by much, much, a great deal, far, by far: multo magis procax, T.: multo pauciores oratores: facilius iter, Cs.: virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes: multo praestat benefici inmemorem esse, quam malefici, S.: simulacrum multo antiquissimum, far: pars multo maxima, L.: multo gratissima lux, H.—With advv., far, greatly, very: multo aliter, T.: multo aliter ac sperarat, far otherwise than, N.: non multo secus fieri, not far otherwise. —Of time, with ante or post, long, much: non multo ante urbem captam: multo ante noctem, L.: non multo post, quam, etc., not long after.
* * *
I
ADV

much, by much, a great deal, very; most; by far; long (before/after)
II
multare, multavi, multatus V TRANS

punish, fine; extract as forfeit; sentence to pay

Latin-English dictionary > multō
10 dūdum

dūdum adv. [diu + dum], a short time ago, little while ago, not long since, but now: quae tu dudum narrasti, T.: quod tibi dudum videbatur: Beroën reliqui, V.— Before, formerly, of old, once: ut dudum ad Demosthenem, sic nunc ad Crassum pervēnimus: Incertior sum quam dudum, T.: haud talia dudum Dicta dabas, V.: quam dudum? how long ago? T.: iam dudum, this long time ; see iam.
* * *

ADV

little while ago; formerly

tam dudum -- long ago

Latin-English dictionary > dūdum
11 dudum

dūdum, adv. temp. [diu-dum, it is some time since; cf. Don. Ter. And. 3, 4, 3; Prisc. p. 1018 P. Hence].
I.
A short time ago, a little while ago (in Plaut. and Ter. freq., and repeatedly in Cicero's philos. writings and letters, and in Vergil; elsewh., except in the compound jamdudum, very rare; not in Caes.; cf.
also diu, pridem): quid ille revortitur, qui dudum properare se aibat,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 29; 1, 1, 231; 2, 1, 73; 3, 2, 35; id. Trin. 2, 4, 29 et saep.; Ter And. 3, 4, 12; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 34 et saep.; Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76; id. de Or. 2, 65, 262; id. Att. 11, 24; Verg. A. 5, 650; Stat. Th. 1, 670. —
B.
Before, formerly.
a.
Opp. nunc:
nunc assentatrix scelesta est, dudum adversatrix erat,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 100; id. Men. 5, 5, 33; 5, 1, 29:
etiam si dudum fuerat ambiguom hoc mihi, nunc non est,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 26 al.; id. And. 4, 1, 29; 5, 1, 5; id. Eun. 4, 4, 16; Cic. Brut. 36, 138; Verg. A. 2, 726; 12, 632.—
b.
Opp. nunc demum, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 78; cf. id. Epid. 3, 4, 22; id. Mil. 2, 4, 52.—
c.
Without such oppos. particles, Plaut. Epid. 5, 1, 54; id. Truc. 4, 3, 29; Ter. Ph. 2, 4, 19; Cic. Brut. 72, 252; Verg. A. 10, 599:
quid tu me sic salutas, quasi dudum non videris,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 52 (dub. Ussing ad loc.).—
C.
In Plaut. connected with ut or cum, to denote immediately past or present time, just as:
nam ut dudum hinc abii, accessi ad adolescentes in foro,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 18; cf. id. Aul. 4, 8, 5; id. Bacch. 4, 9, 33:
scilicet qui dudum tecum venit, cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
just now, id. Men. 2, 3, 41; cf. ib. 5, 1, 1.—Less freq. without these conjunctions:
is se ad portum dixerat Ire dudum,
just now, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 135, ed. Ritschl.—
II.
To designate a remoter past, only in two combinations.
1.
Haud dudum, not long ago, i. e. just now, = modo: To. E Persia ad me allatae modo sunt istae, a meo domino. Do. Quando? To. Haud dudum, Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 29.—
2.
Quam dudum, how long:
vide quam dudum hic asto et pulto!
id. Stich. 2, 1, 38; Ter. And. 5, 2, 9; id. Eun. 4, 4, 30: Al. Qui non abiisti, ita ut dudum dixeras? Am. Dudum? Quam dudum istuc factum'st? Al. Temptas;
jam dudum, modo,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 59.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > dudum
12 A

1.
A, a, indecl. n. (sometimes joined with littera), the first letter of the Latin alphabet, corresponding to the a, a of the other Indo-. European languages:
A primum est: hinc incipiam, et quae nomina ab hoc sunt, Lucil. ap. Terent. Scaur. p. 2255 P.: sus rostro si humi A litteram impresserit,
Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23:
ne in A quidem atque S litteras exire temere masculina Graeca nomina recto casu patiebantur,
Quint. 1, 5, 61.
II.
The sound of the A is short or long in every part of the word; as, ăb, păter, ită; ā, māter, frustrā. During a short period (between about 620 and 670 A. U. C. = from 134 to 84 B.C.) long a was written aa, probably first by the poet L. Attius, in the manner of the Oscan language; so we find in Latin inscriptions: AA. CETEREIS (i.e.a ceteris), CALAASI, FAATO, HAACE, MAARCIVM, PAAPVS, PAASTORES, VAARVS; and in Greek writing, MAAPKOPs PsIOS MAAPKEAAOS, KOINTON MAAPKION (like Osc. aasas = Lat. āra, Osc. Paapi = Lat. Pāpius, Osc. Paakul = Lat. Pāculus, Pācullus, Pācuvius, etc.), v. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 28 sq., and cf. Mommsen, Unterital. Dialekte, p. 210 sq. (The Umbrian language has gone a step farther, and written long a by aha, as Aharna, Naharcom, trahaf, etc.; cf. Aufrecht and Kirchhoff, Umbrische Sprachdenkm. p. 76 sq.) Vid. also the letters E and U.
III.
In etymological and grammatical formation of words, short a very often (sometimes also long a) is changed into other vowels.
A.
Short a is changed,
1.
, into long a —
a.
In consequence of the suppression of the following consonants at the end or in the middle of the word: ŭb, ā; vădis, vūs; ăg-, ăg-men, exāmen; tăg-, contūmino; căd-, cāsus. Hence also in the abl. sing. of the first decl., and in the particles derived from it. in consequence of the suppression of the original ablat. end. - d: PRAEDAD (Col. Rostr.), praedā; SENTENTIAD (S. C. de Bacch.), sententiā; EXTBAD (ib.), extrā; SVPRAD (ib.), suprā. —Hence,
b.
In perfect forms: scăb-o, scābi; căveo, cūvi; făv-eo, fāvi; păv-eo, pāvi (for scăbui, căvui, făvui, păvui).
c.
In other forms: ăgo, ambūges; păc-, păc-iscor, pâcis (pâx); săg-ax, sūgus, sāga; măc-er, mâcero; făg- (phagein), fūgus. (Contrary to analogy, ă remains short in dănunt, from dă-in-unt, V. Ritschl, l.l.p. 17.)
2.
Short a is changed into é or ē—
a.
Into é.
(α).
Most frequently in the second part of compounds, particularly before two consonants: facio, confectus; jacio, conjectus; rapio, dereptus; dăm-, damno, condemno; fāl-, fallo, fefelli; măn-, mando, commendo; scando, ascendo; ăp-, aptus, ineptus; ăr-, ars, iners, sollers; ăn-, annus, perennis; căpio, auceps; căput, triceps; ăgo, remex; jăcio, objex. And thus in Plautus, according to the best MSS., dispenno, dispessus from pando, compectus from compăciscor, anteceptus from capio (on the other hand, in Vergil, according to the best MS., aspurgo, attractare, deiractare, kept their a unchanged).
(β).
Sometimes ă is changed into ĕ also before one consonant (but in this case it is usually changed into ĭ; v. infra, 3. a. a.): grădior, ingrĕdior; pătior, perpĕtior; părio, repĕrio; păro, vitupĕro; ăp-, coepi (i. e. co-ŭpi); căno, tubicĕn, tibicĕn; in the reduplicated carcĕr (from carcar) farfŏrus (written also farfārus); and so, according to the better MSS., aequipĕro from păro, and defĕtigo from fătigo.
(γ).
In words taken from the Greek: talanton, talŏntum; phalara, phalŏrae; sisaron, sisŏr (but, according to the best MSS., cumŭra from kamara, not camŏra).
b.
Short a is changed to ē in some perfect forms: ăgo, ēgi; fūcio, féci; jăci, jĕci; frag-, frango, frēgi; căpio, cēpi, and păg-, pango, pēgi (together with pepĭgi and panxi, v. pango).
3.
Short a is changed to ĭ, a (most frequently in the second part of compounds)
(α).
before one consonant: ăgo, abĭgo; făcio, confĭcio; cădo, concĭdo; sălio, assĭlio; răpio, abrĭpio; păter, Juppĭter (in Umbrian lang. unchanged, Jupater), Marspĭter; Diespĭter, Opĭter; rătus, irrĭtus; ămicus, inìmicus (but ŭ remains unchanged in adŭmo, impătiens, and in some compounds of a later period of Roman literature, as praejacio, calefacio, etc.). —
(β).
Sometimes also before two consonants (where it is usually changed into ĕ; v. supra, 2. a. b.): tăg-, tango, contingo; păg-, pango, compingo (unchanged in some compounds, as peragro, desacro, depango, obcanto, etc.).
b.
ă is changed into ĭ in the reduplicated perfect forms: cădo, cecĭdi; căno, cecĭni; tăg-, tango, tetĭgi; păg-, pango, pepĭgi.
c.
Likewise in some roots which have ă: păg-, pignus; străg- (strangulo, strangô), stringo.
d.
In words taken from the Greek: mêchanê, machĭna; patanê, patĭna; bukanê, bucĭna; trutanê, trutĭna; balaneion, balĭneum; Katana, Catĭna (written also Catana); Akragas, Agrĭgentum.
4.
Short a is changed into short or long o.
a.
Into ŏ: scăbo, scobs; păr, pars, portio; dăm-, dŏmo; Fabii, Fŏvii (v. Paul. ex Fest. p. 87); marmaron, marmŏr; Mars, redupl. Marmar, Marmor (Carm. Fratr. Arv.).
b.
Into ō: dă-, dōnum, dōs; ăc-, ăcuo, ōcior (v. this art.).
5.
Short a is changed into ŭ —
a.
In the second part of compounds, particularly before l, p, and b: calco, inculco; salsus, insulsus; salto, exsulto; capio, occŭpo; răpio, surrupio and surruptus (also written surripio and surreptus); tăberna, contŭbernium; —before other consonants: quătio, conoŭtio; as, decussis; Mars, Mamŭrius, Mamŭralia; and once also condumnari (Tab. Bant. lin. 8, immediately followed by condemnatus, v. Klenze, Philol. Abhandl. tab. I., and Mommsen, Unterital. Dial. p. 149).
b.
In words of Greek origin: Hekabê, Hecŭba; skutalê, scutŭla; kraipalê, crapŭla; passalos, pessŭlus; aphlaston, aplustre; thriambos, triumphus.
c.
ă is perhaps changed into ŭ in ulciscor, compared with alc-, ulexô (arc-, arceo).
B.
Long a is sometimes changed into ē or ō.
1.
Into é: hālo, anhélo; fās-, féstus, profēstus; nām, némpe.
2.
Into ō: gnā-, gnārus, ignārus, ignōro. (But in general long a remains unchanged in composition: lābor, delūbor; gnàvus, ignūnus; fàma, infūmis.)
IV.
Contrary to the mode of changing Greek a into Latin e, i, o, u (v. supra), Latin a has sometimes taken the place of other Greek vowels in words borrowed from the Greek, as: lonchê, lancea; kulix, călix; Ganumêoês, Caiāmitus.
V.
The repugnance of the Latin Language to the Greek combined vowels ao has caused the translocation of them in Alumento for Daomeoôn (Paul. ex Fest. p. 18 Müll.).— Greek a is suppressed in Hercules from Hêraklês (probably in consequence of the inserted u; in late Latin we find Heracla and Heracula, cf. Ritschl, in Rhein. Mus. Neue Folge, vol. 12, p. 108).
VI.
Latin ă was early combined with the vowels i and u, forming the diphthongs ai and au; by changing the i into e, the diphthong ai soon became ae. So we find in the oldest inscriptions: AIDE, AIDLLIS, AIQVOM, GNAIVOD, HAICE, DVELONAI, TABELAI, DATAI, etc., which soon gave place to aedem, aedilis, aequom, Gnaeo, haec, Bellonae, tabellae, datae, etc. (the Col. Rostr. has PRAESENTE, PRAEDAD, and the S. C. de Bacch. AEDEM. The triphthong aei, found in CONQVAEISIVEI (?), is very rare; Miliar. Popil. lin. 11, v. Ritschl, l. l. p. 21). In some poets the old gen. sing. of the first decl. (- ai) is preserved, but is dissyllabic, āī. So in Ennius: Albūī Longūī, terrūī frugiferāī, frondosāī, lunāī, viāī; in Vergil: aulāī, aurāī, aquāī, pictāī; in Ausonius: herāī.
B.
ue as well as au are changed into other vowels.
1.
The sound of ae, e, and oe being very similar, these vowels are often interchanged in the best MSS., So we find caerimonia and cerimonia, caepa and cēpa, saeoulum and séculum; scaena and scēna; caelum and coelum, haedus and hoedus, macstus and moestus; cena, coena, and caena, etc.
2.
In composition and reduplications ae becomes í: aequus, iníquus; quaero, inquíro; laedo, illído; taedet, pertisum (noticed by Cic.); aestumo, exístumo; cuedo, cecídi, concído, homicida.
3.
ae is also changed into í in a Latinized word of Greek origin: Achaios (AchaiWos), Achíous.
4.
The diphthong au is often changed to ó and ú (the latter particularly in compounds): caudex, códex; Claudius, Clodius; lautus, lotus; plaustrum, plōstrum; plaudo, plōdo, explōdo; paululum, pōlulum; faux, suffōco; si audes (acc. to Cic. or acc. to others, si audies), sódes, etc.; claudo, inclūdo; causa, accūso. Hence in some words a regular gradation of au, o, u is found: claudo, clōdicare, clúdo; raudus, ródus, rúdus; caupo, cópa, cūpa; naugae, nōgae (both forms in the MSS. of Plautus), nūgae; fraustra, frode, frude (in MSS. of Vergil); cf. Ritschl, in Wintercatalog 1854-55, and O. Ribbeck, in Jahn's Neue Jahrb. vol. 77, p. 181 sq.—The change of au into oē and ō appears only in audio, (oboedio) obēdio.
5.
Au sometimes takes the place of av-: faveo, fautum, favitor, fautor; navis, navita, nauta; avis, auceps, auspex. So Latin aut corresponds to Sanscr. avo. (whence - vā, Lat. - ve), Osc. avti, Umbr. ute, ote; and so the Lat. preposition ab, through av, becomes au in the words aufero and aufugio (prop. av-fero, av-fugio, for ab-fero, ab-fugio). Vid. the art. ab init.
VII.
In primitive roots, which have their kindred forms in the sister-languages of the Latin, the original a, still found in the Sanscrit, is in Latin either preserved or more frequently changed into other vowels.
A.
Original a preserved: Sanscr. mātri, Lat. màter; S. bhrātri, L. fràter; S. nāsā, L. nàsus and nàris; S. ap, L. aqua; S. apa, L. ab; S. nāma, L. năm; S. ćatur, [p. 2] L. quattuor (in Greek changed: thettares); S. capūla, L. căput (in Greek changed: kephalê, etc.).
B.
Original a is changed into other Latin vowels—
1.
Into e: S. ad, L. ed (ĕdo); S. as, L. es (esse); S. pat, L. pet (peto); S. pād, L. pĕd (pès); S. dant, L. dent (dens); S. Çµan, L. gen (gigno); S. mā, L. mè-tior; S. saptan, L. septem; S. daśan, L. decem; S. śata, L. centum; S. aham, L. ŏgo; S. pāra, L. per; S. paśu, L. pŏcus; S. asva, L. ŏquus, etc.
2.
Into i: S. an-, a- (neg. part.), L. in-: S. ana (prep.), L. in; S. antar, L. inter; S. sama, L. similis; S. agni, L. ignis; S. abhra, L. imber; S. panéa, L. quinque, etc.
3.
Into o: S. avi, L. ŏvi (ovis); S. vać, L. vōc (voco); S. pra, L. pro; S. pā, L. po (pŏtum); S. nāma, L. nōmen; S. api, L. ŏb; S. navan, L. nŏvem; S. nava, L. nŏvus, etc.
4.
Into u: S. marmara, L. murmur.
5.
Into ai, ae: S. prati, L. (prai) prae; S. śaśpa, L. caespes.
6.
Into different vowels in the different derivatives: S. mā, L. mê-tior, mŏdus; S. praó, L. prŏcor, prŏcus; S. vah, L. vĕho, via.
C.
Sometimes the Latin has preserved the original a, while even the Sanscrit has changed it: Lat. pa-, pater, Sanscr. pd, pitri.
2.
As an abbreviation A. usually denotes the praenomen Aulus; A. A. = Auli duo, Inscr. Orell. 1530 (but A. A. = Aquae Aponi, the modern Abano, ib. 1643 sq.; 2620; 3011). The three directors of the mint were designated by III. VIRI A. A. A. F. F. (i. e. auro, argento, aeri flando, feriundo), ib. 569; 2242; 2379; 3134 al.;
so also A. A. A.,
ib. 3441 (cf. Cic. Fam. 7, 13 fin., and v. the art. Triumviri); A. D. A. agris dandis adsignandis, and A. I. A. agris judicandis adsignandis; A. O. amico optimo; A. P. a populo or aediliciae potestatis; A. P. R. aerario populi Romani. —Upon the voting tablets in judicial trials A. denoted absoluo; hence A. is called littera salutaris, Cic. Mil. 6, 15; v. littera. In the Roman Comitia A. (= antiquo) denoted the rejection of the point in question; v. antiquo. In Cicero's Tusculan Disputations the A. designated one of the disputants = adulescens or auditor, opp. to M. for magister or Marcus (Cicero); but it is to be remarked that the letters A and M do not occur in the best MSS. of this treatise; cf. edd. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 9.—In dates A. D. = ante diem; v. ante; A. U. C. = anno urbis conditae; A. P. R. C. anno post Romam conditam.
3.
a, prep.=ab, v. ab.
4.
ā, interj.=ah, v. ah.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > A
13 a

1.
A, a, indecl. n. (sometimes joined with littera), the first letter of the Latin alphabet, corresponding to the a, a of the other Indo-. European languages:
A primum est: hinc incipiam, et quae nomina ab hoc sunt, Lucil. ap. Terent. Scaur. p. 2255 P.: sus rostro si humi A litteram impresserit,
Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23:
ne in A quidem atque S litteras exire temere masculina Graeca nomina recto casu patiebantur,
Quint. 1, 5, 61.
II.
The sound of the A is short or long in every part of the word; as, ăb, păter, ită; ā, māter, frustrā. During a short period (between about 620 and 670 A. U. C. = from 134 to 84 B.C.) long a was written aa, probably first by the poet L. Attius, in the manner of the Oscan language; so we find in Latin inscriptions: AA. CETEREIS (i.e.a ceteris), CALAASI, FAATO, HAACE, MAARCIVM, PAAPVS, PAASTORES, VAARVS; and in Greek writing, MAAPKOPs PsIOS MAAPKEAAOS, KOINTON MAAPKION (like Osc. aasas = Lat. āra, Osc. Paapi = Lat. Pāpius, Osc. Paakul = Lat. Pāculus, Pācullus, Pācuvius, etc.), v. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 28 sq., and cf. Mommsen, Unterital. Dialekte, p. 210 sq. (The Umbrian language has gone a step farther, and written long a by aha, as Aharna, Naharcom, trahaf, etc.; cf. Aufrecht and Kirchhoff, Umbrische Sprachdenkm. p. 76 sq.) Vid. also the letters E and U.
III.
In etymological and grammatical formation of words, short a very often (sometimes also long a) is changed into other vowels.
A.
Short a is changed,
1.
, into long a —
a.
In consequence of the suppression of the following consonants at the end or in the middle of the word: ŭb, ā; vădis, vūs; ăg-, ăg-men, exāmen; tăg-, contūmino; căd-, cāsus. Hence also in the abl. sing. of the first decl., and in the particles derived from it. in consequence of the suppression of the original ablat. end. - d: PRAEDAD (Col. Rostr.), praedā; SENTENTIAD (S. C. de Bacch.), sententiā; EXTBAD (ib.), extrā; SVPRAD (ib.), suprā. —Hence,
b.
In perfect forms: scăb-o, scābi; căveo, cūvi; făv-eo, fāvi; păv-eo, pāvi (for scăbui, căvui, făvui, păvui).
c.
In other forms: ăgo, ambūges; păc-, păc-iscor, pâcis (pâx); săg-ax, sūgus, sāga; măc-er, mâcero; făg- (phagein), fūgus. (Contrary to analogy, ă remains short in dănunt, from dă-in-unt, V. Ritschl, l.l.p. 17.)
2.
Short a is changed into é or ē—
a.
Into é.
(α).
Most frequently in the second part of compounds, particularly before two consonants: facio, confectus; jacio, conjectus; rapio, dereptus; dăm-, damno, condemno; fāl-, fallo, fefelli; măn-, mando, commendo; scando, ascendo; ăp-, aptus, ineptus; ăr-, ars, iners, sollers; ăn-, annus, perennis; căpio, auceps; căput, triceps; ăgo, remex; jăcio, objex. And thus in Plautus, according to the best MSS., dispenno, dispessus from pando, compectus from compăciscor, anteceptus from capio (on the other hand, in Vergil, according to the best MS., aspurgo, attractare, deiractare, kept their a unchanged).
(β).
Sometimes ă is changed into ĕ also before one consonant (but in this case it is usually changed into ĭ; v. infra, 3. a. a.): grădior, ingrĕdior; pătior, perpĕtior; părio, repĕrio; păro, vitupĕro; ăp-, coepi (i. e. co-ŭpi); căno, tubicĕn, tibicĕn; in the reduplicated carcĕr (from carcar) farfŏrus (written also farfārus); and so, according to the better MSS., aequipĕro from păro, and defĕtigo from fătigo.
(γ).
In words taken from the Greek: talanton, talŏntum; phalara, phalŏrae; sisaron, sisŏr (but, according to the best MSS., cumŭra from kamara, not camŏra).
b.
Short a is changed to ē in some perfect forms: ăgo, ēgi; fūcio, féci; jăci, jĕci; frag-, frango, frēgi; căpio, cēpi, and păg-, pango, pēgi (together with pepĭgi and panxi, v. pango).
3.
Short a is changed to ĭ, a (most frequently in the second part of compounds)
(α).
before one consonant: ăgo, abĭgo; făcio, confĭcio; cădo, concĭdo; sălio, assĭlio; răpio, abrĭpio; păter, Juppĭter (in Umbrian lang. unchanged, Jupater), Marspĭter; Diespĭter, Opĭter; rătus, irrĭtus; ămicus, inìmicus (but ŭ remains unchanged in adŭmo, impătiens, and in some compounds of a later period of Roman literature, as praejacio, calefacio, etc.). —
(β).
Sometimes also before two consonants (where it is usually changed into ĕ; v. supra, 2. a. b.): tăg-, tango, contingo; păg-, pango, compingo (unchanged in some compounds, as peragro, desacro, depango, obcanto, etc.).
b.
ă is changed into ĭ in the reduplicated perfect forms: cădo, cecĭdi; căno, cecĭni; tăg-, tango, tetĭgi; păg-, pango, pepĭgi.
c.
Likewise in some roots which have ă: păg-, pignus; străg- (strangulo, strangô), stringo.
d.
In words taken from the Greek: mêchanê, machĭna; patanê, patĭna; bukanê, bucĭna; trutanê, trutĭna; balaneion, balĭneum; Katana, Catĭna (written also Catana); Akragas, Agrĭgentum.
4.
Short a is changed into short or long o.
a.
Into ŏ: scăbo, scobs; păr, pars, portio; dăm-, dŏmo; Fabii, Fŏvii (v. Paul. ex Fest. p. 87); marmaron, marmŏr; Mars, redupl. Marmar, Marmor (Carm. Fratr. Arv.).
b.
Into ō: dă-, dōnum, dōs; ăc-, ăcuo, ōcior (v. this art.).
5.
Short a is changed into ŭ —
a.
In the second part of compounds, particularly before l, p, and b: calco, inculco; salsus, insulsus; salto, exsulto; capio, occŭpo; răpio, surrupio and surruptus (also written surripio and surreptus); tăberna, contŭbernium; —before other consonants: quătio, conoŭtio; as, decussis; Mars, Mamŭrius, Mamŭralia; and once also condumnari (Tab. Bant. lin. 8, immediately followed by condemnatus, v. Klenze, Philol. Abhandl. tab. I., and Mommsen, Unterital. Dial. p. 149).
b.
In words of Greek origin: Hekabê, Hecŭba; skutalê, scutŭla; kraipalê, crapŭla; passalos, pessŭlus; aphlaston, aplustre; thriambos, triumphus.
c.
ă is perhaps changed into ŭ in ulciscor, compared with alc-, ulexô (arc-, arceo).
B.
Long a is sometimes changed into ē or ō.
1.
Into é: hālo, anhélo; fās-, féstus, profēstus; nām, némpe.
2.
Into ō: gnā-, gnārus, ignārus, ignōro. (But in general long a remains unchanged in composition: lābor, delūbor; gnàvus, ignūnus; fàma, infūmis.)
IV.
Contrary to the mode of changing Greek a into Latin e, i, o, u (v. supra), Latin a has sometimes taken the place of other Greek vowels in words borrowed from the Greek, as: lonchê, lancea; kulix, călix; Ganumêoês, Caiāmitus.
V.
The repugnance of the Latin Language to the Greek combined vowels ao has caused the translocation of them in Alumento for Daomeoôn (Paul. ex Fest. p. 18 Müll.).— Greek a is suppressed in Hercules from Hêraklês (probably in consequence of the inserted u; in late Latin we find Heracla and Heracula, cf. Ritschl, in Rhein. Mus. Neue Folge, vol. 12, p. 108).
VI.
Latin ă was early combined with the vowels i and u, forming the diphthongs ai and au; by changing the i into e, the diphthong ai soon became ae. So we find in the oldest inscriptions: AIDE, AIDLLIS, AIQVOM, GNAIVOD, HAICE, DVELONAI, TABELAI, DATAI, etc., which soon gave place to aedem, aedilis, aequom, Gnaeo, haec, Bellonae, tabellae, datae, etc. (the Col. Rostr. has PRAESENTE, PRAEDAD, and the S. C. de Bacch. AEDEM. The triphthong aei, found in CONQVAEISIVEI (?), is very rare; Miliar. Popil. lin. 11, v. Ritschl, l. l. p. 21). In some poets the old gen. sing. of the first decl. (- ai) is preserved, but is dissyllabic, āī. So in Ennius: Albūī Longūī, terrūī frugiferāī, frondosāī, lunāī, viāī; in Vergil: aulāī, aurāī, aquāī, pictāī; in Ausonius: herāī.
B.
ue as well as au are changed into other vowels.
1.
The sound of ae, e, and oe being very similar, these vowels are often interchanged in the best MSS., So we find caerimonia and cerimonia, caepa and cēpa, saeoulum and séculum; scaena and scēna; caelum and coelum, haedus and hoedus, macstus and moestus; cena, coena, and caena, etc.
2.
In composition and reduplications ae becomes í: aequus, iníquus; quaero, inquíro; laedo, illído; taedet, pertisum (noticed by Cic.); aestumo, exístumo; cuedo, cecídi, concído, homicida.
3.
ae is also changed into í in a Latinized word of Greek origin: Achaios (AchaiWos), Achíous.
4.
The diphthong au is often changed to ó and ú (the latter particularly in compounds): caudex, códex; Claudius, Clodius; lautus, lotus; plaustrum, plōstrum; plaudo, plōdo, explōdo; paululum, pōlulum; faux, suffōco; si audes (acc. to Cic. or acc. to others, si audies), sódes, etc.; claudo, inclūdo; causa, accūso. Hence in some words a regular gradation of au, o, u is found: claudo, clōdicare, clúdo; raudus, ródus, rúdus; caupo, cópa, cūpa; naugae, nōgae (both forms in the MSS. of Plautus), nūgae; fraustra, frode, frude (in MSS. of Vergil); cf. Ritschl, in Wintercatalog 1854-55, and O. Ribbeck, in Jahn's Neue Jahrb. vol. 77, p. 181 sq.—The change of au into oē and ō appears only in audio, (oboedio) obēdio.
5.
Au sometimes takes the place of av-: faveo, fautum, favitor, fautor; navis, navita, nauta; avis, auceps, auspex. So Latin aut corresponds to Sanscr. avo. (whence - vā, Lat. - ve), Osc. avti, Umbr. ute, ote; and so the Lat. preposition ab, through av, becomes au in the words aufero and aufugio (prop. av-fero, av-fugio, for ab-fero, ab-fugio). Vid. the art. ab init.
VII.
In primitive roots, which have their kindred forms in the sister-languages of the Latin, the original a, still found in the Sanscrit, is in Latin either preserved or more frequently changed into other vowels.
A.
Original a preserved: Sanscr. mātri, Lat. màter; S. bhrātri, L. fràter; S. nāsā, L. nàsus and nàris; S. ap, L. aqua; S. apa, L. ab; S. nāma, L. năm; S. ćatur, [p. 2] L. quattuor (in Greek changed: thettares); S. capūla, L. căput (in Greek changed: kephalê, etc.).
B.
Original a is changed into other Latin vowels—
1.
Into e: S. ad, L. ed (ĕdo); S. as, L. es (esse); S. pat, L. pet (peto); S. pād, L. pĕd (pès); S. dant, L. dent (dens); S. Çµan, L. gen (gigno); S. mā, L. mè-tior; S. saptan, L. septem; S. daśan, L. decem; S. śata, L. centum; S. aham, L. ŏgo; S. pāra, L. per; S. paśu, L. pŏcus; S. asva, L. ŏquus, etc.
2.
Into i: S. an-, a- (neg. part.), L. in-: S. ana (prep.), L. in; S. antar, L. inter; S. sama, L. similis; S. agni, L. ignis; S. abhra, L. imber; S. panéa, L. quinque, etc.
3.
Into o: S. avi, L. ŏvi (ovis); S. vać, L. vōc (voco); S. pra, L. pro; S. pā, L. po (pŏtum); S. nāma, L. nōmen; S. api, L. ŏb; S. navan, L. nŏvem; S. nava, L. nŏvus, etc.
4.
Into u: S. marmara, L. murmur.
5.
Into ai, ae: S. prati, L. (prai) prae; S. śaśpa, L. caespes.
6.
Into different vowels in the different derivatives: S. mā, L. mê-tior, mŏdus; S. praó, L. prŏcor, prŏcus; S. vah, L. vĕho, via.
C.
Sometimes the Latin has preserved the original a, while even the Sanscrit has changed it: Lat. pa-, pater, Sanscr. pd, pitri.
2.
As an abbreviation A. usually denotes the praenomen Aulus; A. A. = Auli duo, Inscr. Orell. 1530 (but A. A. = Aquae Aponi, the modern Abano, ib. 1643 sq.; 2620; 3011). The three directors of the mint were designated by III. VIRI A. A. A. F. F. (i. e. auro, argento, aeri flando, feriundo), ib. 569; 2242; 2379; 3134 al.;
so also A. A. A.,
ib. 3441 (cf. Cic. Fam. 7, 13 fin., and v. the art. Triumviri); A. D. A. agris dandis adsignandis, and A. I. A. agris judicandis adsignandis; A. O. amico optimo; A. P. a populo or aediliciae potestatis; A. P. R. aerario populi Romani. —Upon the voting tablets in judicial trials A. denoted absoluo; hence A. is called littera salutaris, Cic. Mil. 6, 15; v. littera. In the Roman Comitia A. (= antiquo) denoted the rejection of the point in question; v. antiquo. In Cicero's Tusculan Disputations the A. designated one of the disputants = adulescens or auditor, opp. to M. for magister or Marcus (Cicero); but it is to be remarked that the letters A and M do not occur in the best MSS. of this treatise; cf. edd. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 9.—In dates A. D. = ante diem; v. ante; A. U. C. = anno urbis conditae; A. P. R. C. anno post Romam conditam.
3.
a, prep.=ab, v. ab.
4.
ā, interj.=ah, v. ah.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > a
14 antiqui

antīquus, a, um, adj. [a diff. orthog. for anticus, from ante] (of that which is before in time, while anticus denotes that which is before in space; cf. Vel. Long. p. 2223 P.), that has been or has been done before, old, ancient, former (opp. novus, that has not previously existed, new; while vetus, that has existed a long time, is opp. recens, that has not been long in existence, recent; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 11, 21; Lind. ad Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 154, and id. Capt. 1, 2, 29; Doed. Syn. IV. p. 82 sq.).
I.
Lit.:
Juppiter Alcumenam rediget in antiquam concordiam conjugis,
to her former harmony with her husband, Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 13:
hoc timet, Ne tua duritia antiqua illa etiam adaucta sit,
thy former severity, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 26; so id. Hec. 1, 2, 17; Lucr. 2, 900:
causam suscepisti antiquiorem memoriā tuā,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 9, 25:
tres epistulas tuas accepi: igitur antiquissimae cuique respondeo,
id. Att. 9, 9: antiquior dies in tuis erat adscripta litteris, quam in Caesaris, an earlier or older date, id. ad Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3; Liv. 3, 58:
Nilus antiquo sua flumina reddidit alveo,
Ov. M. 1, 423 et saep.— Hence, subst.
A.
antīqui, ōrum, m., the ancients, esp. the ancient writers (i. e. those whose age has been long past; while veteres denotes those who have lived and acted for a long time):
antiquorum auctoritas,
Cic. Am. 4, 13; so Hor. S. 1, 4, 117; 2, 2, 89 et saep.:
quod decus antiqui summum bonum esse dixerunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 21, 55:
habemus Scaurum in antiquis,
id. Brut. 30, 116; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 78 et saep.—And so in gen.:
in antiquis est sapientia,
Vulg. Job, 12, 12:
sapientia omnium antiquorum,
ib. Eccli. 39, 1:
dictum est antiquis,
ib. Matt. 5, 21 al.:
facere in antiquum,
to restore a thing to its former condition, to place on its old footing, Liv. 33, 40 dub.—Antiquus and vetus are often conjoined: veterem atque antiquam rem ( old and antiquated) novam ad vos proferam, Plaut. Am. prol. 118; id. Mil. 3, 1, 154; id. Most. 2, 2, 45; id. Poen. 5, 2, 18; id. Pers. 1, 2, 1; id. Trin. 2, 2, 106; Plin. Ep. 3, 6:
vetera tantum et antiqua mirari,
Tac. Or. 15:
simultas vetus et antiqua,
Juv. 15, 53; so id. 6, 21 al.—
B.
an-tīquum, i, n., antiquity, the things of olden times:
Nec quicquam antiqui Pico, nisi nomina, restat,
Ov. M. 14, 396:
novissima et antiqua,
Vulg. Psa. 138, 5:
antiqua ne intueamini,
ib. Isa. 43, 18.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Poet., = praeteritus, past, gone by, former:
vulnus,
Ov. P. 1, 5, 38:
vigor,
id. Tr. 5, 12, 32:
carcer,
Luc. 6, 721; Val. Fl. 2, 394.—So often in eccl. Lat.:
dies antiqui,
Vulg. Deut. 4, 32; ib. Act. 15, 7:
anni,
ib. Mal. 3, 4:
tempora,
ib. Act. 15, 21.—
B.
In comp. and sup., that is before or first in rank or importance, more or most celebrated, famous, preferable, or better (antiquior:
melior,
Non. p. 425, 32): genere antiquior, Att. ap. Non. p. 426, 3: quanto antiquius quam etc., Lucil. ib.; Varr. ib.: quod honestius, id mihi est antiquius, Cic. Att. 7, 3:
antiquior ei fuit laus et gloria quam regnum,
id. Div. 2, 37: antiquiorem mortem turpitudine habere, Auct. ad Her. 3, 3:
neque habui quicquam antiquius quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 11, 5:
ne quid existimem antiquius,
id. Phil. 13, 3: neque prius neque antiquius quicquam habuit, quam ut, etc., Vel. 2, 52; Suet. Claud. 11:
judiciorum causam antiquissimam se habiturum dixit,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:
navalis apparatus ei antiquissima cura fuit,
id. Att. 10, 8; 12, 5; Liv. 1, 32; cf. id. 9, 31 al.—
C.
With the access. idea of simplicity, purity, innocence, of the old fashion, good, simple, honest, etc. (cf. antiquitas, II. A., and our phrase the good old times):
antiquis est adulescens moribus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 37; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
homo antiquā virtute et fide,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 88:
homines antiqui, qui ex suā naturā ceteros fingerent,
people of the old stamp, Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 26:
vestigia antiqui officii,
id. ib. 10, 27:
vide quam sim antiquorum hominum,
id. Att. 9, 15:
vir sanctus, antiquus,
Plin. Ep. 2, 9.—
D.
With the access. idea of veneration, honor, old, venerable, illustrious: antiquum veteres etiam pro nobili posuere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 22 Müll.:
terra antiqua potens armis,
Verg. A. 1, 531; 3, 164:
urbs,
id. ib. 11, 540:
Longior antiquis visa Maeotis hiems,
Ov. Tr. 3, 12, 2:
Sabinae,
id. Med. 11:
Amyclae,
id. M. 8, 314. —So, in eccl. Lat., after the Heb., of God:
Antiquus Dierum,
the Ancient of Days, Vulg. Dan. 7, 9; 7, 13; 7, 22.—
E.
Sometimes = vetus, that has been in existence a long time, old: Athenae, antiquum opulentum oppidum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 470, 5:
mos,
id. ib. p. 506, 1: amnis, Att. ap. Non. p. 192, 6:
hospes,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 17 (cf. Verg. A. 3, 82: veterem Anchisen agnoscit amicum); so,
amicus,
Vulg. Eccli. 9, 14:
discipulus,
ib. Act. 21, 16:
artificium,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 5:
genus,
Nep. Dat. 2, 2:
templa,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 104:
antiquissima scripta,
id. Ep. 2, 1, 28: saxum antiquum (i. e. which for a long time had lain in this place), ingens, etc., Verg. A. 12, 897:
ne transfer terminos antiquos,
Vulg. Prov. 22, 28 et saep.—Hence, subst.: antīquum, i, n., an old custom or habit.
a.
In mal. part.:
antiquum hoc obtines tuum, tardus ut sis,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 102. —
b.
In bon. part.:
O optume hospes, pol Crito antiquum obtines!
Ter. And. 4, 5, 22:
Ac tu ecastor morem antiquum atque ingenium obtines,
id. Hec. 5, 4, 20.—
F.
Aged: antiqua erilis fida custos corporis, Enn. Medea, ap. Non. p. 39, 2 (as a transl. of the Gr. IIalaion oikôn ktêma despoinês emês): Cives antiqui, amici majorum meūm, Pac. ap. Cic. Or. 46, 155:
Butes,
Verg. A. 9, 647:
antiqui Neleïa Nestoris arva,
Ov. H. 1, 63; Dig. 50, 3, 1.—Hence, adv.: antīquē and an-tīquĭtŭs (formed from antiquus, as humanitus, divinitus, from humanus, divinus; cf. Prisc. p. 1015).
I.
In former times, of old, anciently (only in prose; most freq. in the histt.; never in Cic.). Form antīquĭ-tŭs:
Belgas Rhenum antiquitus transductos,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4; 7, 32:
tectum antiquitus constitutum,
Nep. Att. 13, 2; Suet. Caes. 42; id. Aug. 60; 94; Vulg. Jos. 11, 10; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8.— Sup.:
Titanas in eā antiquissime regnāsse,
Sol. 11.—
II.
From ancient times; form antīquĭtŭs; sometimes with inde or ab... ad, Plin. Pan. 31:
cum Pythagoras acceptam sine dubio antiquitus opinionem vulgaverit,
Quint. 1, 10, 12:
jam inde antiquitus insita pertinacia,
Liv. 9, 29:
hi sunt jam inde antiquitus castellani, etc.,
id. 34, 27; Plin. Pan. 82, 7:
cum (hoc studium) antiquitus usque a Chirone ad nostra tempora apud omnes duraverit,
Quint. 1, 10, 30.—
III.
In the old way, style, or fashion; form antīquē:
nimis antique dicere,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 66.— Comp.:
simplicius et antiquius permutatione mercium uti,
in the simpler and more ancient manner, Tac. G. 5.—Esp., in the good old style, the way or fashion of former times: quanto antiquius, quam facere hoc, fecisse videatis, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 426, 3.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > antiqui
15 antiquum

antīquus, a, um, adj. [a diff. orthog. for anticus, from ante] (of that which is before in time, while anticus denotes that which is before in space; cf. Vel. Long. p. 2223 P.), that has been or has been done before, old, ancient, former (opp. novus, that has not previously existed, new; while vetus, that has existed a long time, is opp. recens, that has not been long in existence, recent; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 11, 21; Lind. ad Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 154, and id. Capt. 1, 2, 29; Doed. Syn. IV. p. 82 sq.).
I.
Lit.:
Juppiter Alcumenam rediget in antiquam concordiam conjugis,
to her former harmony with her husband, Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 13:
hoc timet, Ne tua duritia antiqua illa etiam adaucta sit,
thy former severity, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 26; so id. Hec. 1, 2, 17; Lucr. 2, 900:
causam suscepisti antiquiorem memoriā tuā,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 9, 25:
tres epistulas tuas accepi: igitur antiquissimae cuique respondeo,
id. Att. 9, 9: antiquior dies in tuis erat adscripta litteris, quam in Caesaris, an earlier or older date, id. ad Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3; Liv. 3, 58:
Nilus antiquo sua flumina reddidit alveo,
Ov. M. 1, 423 et saep.— Hence, subst.
A.
antīqui, ōrum, m., the ancients, esp. the ancient writers (i. e. those whose age has been long past; while veteres denotes those who have lived and acted for a long time):
antiquorum auctoritas,
Cic. Am. 4, 13; so Hor. S. 1, 4, 117; 2, 2, 89 et saep.:
quod decus antiqui summum bonum esse dixerunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 21, 55:
habemus Scaurum in antiquis,
id. Brut. 30, 116; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 78 et saep.—And so in gen.:
in antiquis est sapientia,
Vulg. Job, 12, 12:
sapientia omnium antiquorum,
ib. Eccli. 39, 1:
dictum est antiquis,
ib. Matt. 5, 21 al.:
facere in antiquum,
to restore a thing to its former condition, to place on its old footing, Liv. 33, 40 dub.—Antiquus and vetus are often conjoined: veterem atque antiquam rem ( old and antiquated) novam ad vos proferam, Plaut. Am. prol. 118; id. Mil. 3, 1, 154; id. Most. 2, 2, 45; id. Poen. 5, 2, 18; id. Pers. 1, 2, 1; id. Trin. 2, 2, 106; Plin. Ep. 3, 6:
vetera tantum et antiqua mirari,
Tac. Or. 15:
simultas vetus et antiqua,
Juv. 15, 53; so id. 6, 21 al.—
B.
an-tīquum, i, n., antiquity, the things of olden times:
Nec quicquam antiqui Pico, nisi nomina, restat,
Ov. M. 14, 396:
novissima et antiqua,
Vulg. Psa. 138, 5:
antiqua ne intueamini,
ib. Isa. 43, 18.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Poet., = praeteritus, past, gone by, former:
vulnus,
Ov. P. 1, 5, 38:
vigor,
id. Tr. 5, 12, 32:
carcer,
Luc. 6, 721; Val. Fl. 2, 394.—So often in eccl. Lat.:
dies antiqui,
Vulg. Deut. 4, 32; ib. Act. 15, 7:
anni,
ib. Mal. 3, 4:
tempora,
ib. Act. 15, 21.—
B.
In comp. and sup., that is before or first in rank or importance, more or most celebrated, famous, preferable, or better (antiquior:
melior,
Non. p. 425, 32): genere antiquior, Att. ap. Non. p. 426, 3: quanto antiquius quam etc., Lucil. ib.; Varr. ib.: quod honestius, id mihi est antiquius, Cic. Att. 7, 3:
antiquior ei fuit laus et gloria quam regnum,
id. Div. 2, 37: antiquiorem mortem turpitudine habere, Auct. ad Her. 3, 3:
neque habui quicquam antiquius quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 11, 5:
ne quid existimem antiquius,
id. Phil. 13, 3: neque prius neque antiquius quicquam habuit, quam ut, etc., Vel. 2, 52; Suet. Claud. 11:
judiciorum causam antiquissimam se habiturum dixit,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:
navalis apparatus ei antiquissima cura fuit,
id. Att. 10, 8; 12, 5; Liv. 1, 32; cf. id. 9, 31 al.—
C.
With the access. idea of simplicity, purity, innocence, of the old fashion, good, simple, honest, etc. (cf. antiquitas, II. A., and our phrase the good old times):
antiquis est adulescens moribus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 37; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
homo antiquā virtute et fide,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 88:
homines antiqui, qui ex suā naturā ceteros fingerent,
people of the old stamp, Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 26:
vestigia antiqui officii,
id. ib. 10, 27:
vide quam sim antiquorum hominum,
id. Att. 9, 15:
vir sanctus, antiquus,
Plin. Ep. 2, 9.—
D.
With the access. idea of veneration, honor, old, venerable, illustrious: antiquum veteres etiam pro nobili posuere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 22 Müll.:
terra antiqua potens armis,
Verg. A. 1, 531; 3, 164:
urbs,
id. ib. 11, 540:
Longior antiquis visa Maeotis hiems,
Ov. Tr. 3, 12, 2:
Sabinae,
id. Med. 11:
Amyclae,
id. M. 8, 314. —So, in eccl. Lat., after the Heb., of God:
Antiquus Dierum,
the Ancient of Days, Vulg. Dan. 7, 9; 7, 13; 7, 22.—
E.
Sometimes = vetus, that has been in existence a long time, old: Athenae, antiquum opulentum oppidum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 470, 5:
mos,
id. ib. p. 506, 1: amnis, Att. ap. Non. p. 192, 6:
hospes,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 17 (cf. Verg. A. 3, 82: veterem Anchisen agnoscit amicum); so,
amicus,
Vulg. Eccli. 9, 14:
discipulus,
ib. Act. 21, 16:
artificium,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 5:
genus,
Nep. Dat. 2, 2:
templa,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 104:
antiquissima scripta,
id. Ep. 2, 1, 28: saxum antiquum (i. e. which for a long time had lain in this place), ingens, etc., Verg. A. 12, 897:
ne transfer terminos antiquos,
Vulg. Prov. 22, 28 et saep.—Hence, subst.: antīquum, i, n., an old custom or habit.
a.
In mal. part.:
antiquum hoc obtines tuum, tardus ut sis,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 102. —
b.
In bon. part.:
O optume hospes, pol Crito antiquum obtines!
Ter. And. 4, 5, 22:
Ac tu ecastor morem antiquum atque ingenium obtines,
id. Hec. 5, 4, 20.—
F.
Aged: antiqua erilis fida custos corporis, Enn. Medea, ap. Non. p. 39, 2 (as a transl. of the Gr. IIalaion oikôn ktêma despoinês emês): Cives antiqui, amici majorum meūm, Pac. ap. Cic. Or. 46, 155:
Butes,
Verg. A. 9, 647:
antiqui Neleïa Nestoris arva,
Ov. H. 1, 63; Dig. 50, 3, 1.—Hence, adv.: antīquē and an-tīquĭtŭs (formed from antiquus, as humanitus, divinitus, from humanus, divinus; cf. Prisc. p. 1015).
I.
In former times, of old, anciently (only in prose; most freq. in the histt.; never in Cic.). Form antīquĭ-tŭs:
Belgas Rhenum antiquitus transductos,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4; 7, 32:
tectum antiquitus constitutum,
Nep. Att. 13, 2; Suet. Caes. 42; id. Aug. 60; 94; Vulg. Jos. 11, 10; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8.— Sup.:
Titanas in eā antiquissime regnāsse,
Sol. 11.—
II.
From ancient times; form antīquĭtŭs; sometimes with inde or ab... ad, Plin. Pan. 31:
cum Pythagoras acceptam sine dubio antiquitus opinionem vulgaverit,
Quint. 1, 10, 12:
jam inde antiquitus insita pertinacia,
Liv. 9, 29:
hi sunt jam inde antiquitus castellani, etc.,
id. 34, 27; Plin. Pan. 82, 7:
cum (hoc studium) antiquitus usque a Chirone ad nostra tempora apud omnes duraverit,
Quint. 1, 10, 30.—
III.
In the old way, style, or fashion; form antīquē:
nimis antique dicere,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 66.— Comp.:
simplicius et antiquius permutatione mercium uti,
in the simpler and more ancient manner, Tac. G. 5.—Esp., in the good old style, the way or fashion of former times: quanto antiquius, quam facere hoc, fecisse videatis, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 426, 3.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > antiquum
16 antiquus

antīquus, a, um, adj. [a diff. orthog. for anticus, from ante] (of that which is before in time, while anticus denotes that which is before in space; cf. Vel. Long. p. 2223 P.), that has been or has been done before, old, ancient, former (opp. novus, that has not previously existed, new; while vetus, that has existed a long time, is opp. recens, that has not been long in existence, recent; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 11, 21; Lind. ad Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 154, and id. Capt. 1, 2, 29; Doed. Syn. IV. p. 82 sq.).
I.
Lit.:
Juppiter Alcumenam rediget in antiquam concordiam conjugis,
to her former harmony with her husband, Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 13:
hoc timet, Ne tua duritia antiqua illa etiam adaucta sit,
thy former severity, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 26; so id. Hec. 1, 2, 17; Lucr. 2, 900:
causam suscepisti antiquiorem memoriā tuā,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 9, 25:
tres epistulas tuas accepi: igitur antiquissimae cuique respondeo,
id. Att. 9, 9: antiquior dies in tuis erat adscripta litteris, quam in Caesaris, an earlier or older date, id. ad Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3; Liv. 3, 58:
Nilus antiquo sua flumina reddidit alveo,
Ov. M. 1, 423 et saep.— Hence, subst.
A.
antīqui, ōrum, m., the ancients, esp. the ancient writers (i. e. those whose age has been long past; while veteres denotes those who have lived and acted for a long time):
antiquorum auctoritas,
Cic. Am. 4, 13; so Hor. S. 1, 4, 117; 2, 2, 89 et saep.:
quod decus antiqui summum bonum esse dixerunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 21, 55:
habemus Scaurum in antiquis,
id. Brut. 30, 116; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 78 et saep.—And so in gen.:
in antiquis est sapientia,
Vulg. Job, 12, 12:
sapientia omnium antiquorum,
ib. Eccli. 39, 1:
dictum est antiquis,
ib. Matt. 5, 21 al.:
facere in antiquum,
to restore a thing to its former condition, to place on its old footing, Liv. 33, 40 dub.—Antiquus and vetus are often conjoined: veterem atque antiquam rem ( old and antiquated) novam ad vos proferam, Plaut. Am. prol. 118; id. Mil. 3, 1, 154; id. Most. 2, 2, 45; id. Poen. 5, 2, 18; id. Pers. 1, 2, 1; id. Trin. 2, 2, 106; Plin. Ep. 3, 6:
vetera tantum et antiqua mirari,
Tac. Or. 15:
simultas vetus et antiqua,
Juv. 15, 53; so id. 6, 21 al.—
B.
an-tīquum, i, n., antiquity, the things of olden times:
Nec quicquam antiqui Pico, nisi nomina, restat,
Ov. M. 14, 396:
novissima et antiqua,
Vulg. Psa. 138, 5:
antiqua ne intueamini,
ib. Isa. 43, 18.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Poet., = praeteritus, past, gone by, former:
vulnus,
Ov. P. 1, 5, 38:
vigor,
id. Tr. 5, 12, 32:
carcer,
Luc. 6, 721; Val. Fl. 2, 394.—So often in eccl. Lat.:
dies antiqui,
Vulg. Deut. 4, 32; ib. Act. 15, 7:
anni,
ib. Mal. 3, 4:
tempora,
ib. Act. 15, 21.—
B.
In comp. and sup., that is before or first in rank or importance, more or most celebrated, famous, preferable, or better (antiquior:
melior,
Non. p. 425, 32): genere antiquior, Att. ap. Non. p. 426, 3: quanto antiquius quam etc., Lucil. ib.; Varr. ib.: quod honestius, id mihi est antiquius, Cic. Att. 7, 3:
antiquior ei fuit laus et gloria quam regnum,
id. Div. 2, 37: antiquiorem mortem turpitudine habere, Auct. ad Her. 3, 3:
neque habui quicquam antiquius quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 11, 5:
ne quid existimem antiquius,
id. Phil. 13, 3: neque prius neque antiquius quicquam habuit, quam ut, etc., Vel. 2, 52; Suet. Claud. 11:
judiciorum causam antiquissimam se habiturum dixit,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:
navalis apparatus ei antiquissima cura fuit,
id. Att. 10, 8; 12, 5; Liv. 1, 32; cf. id. 9, 31 al.—
C.
With the access. idea of simplicity, purity, innocence, of the old fashion, good, simple, honest, etc. (cf. antiquitas, II. A., and our phrase the good old times):
antiquis est adulescens moribus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 37; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
homo antiquā virtute et fide,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 88:
homines antiqui, qui ex suā naturā ceteros fingerent,
people of the old stamp, Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 26:
vestigia antiqui officii,
id. ib. 10, 27:
vide quam sim antiquorum hominum,
id. Att. 9, 15:
vir sanctus, antiquus,
Plin. Ep. 2, 9.—
D.
With the access. idea of veneration, honor, old, venerable, illustrious: antiquum veteres etiam pro nobili posuere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 22 Müll.:
terra antiqua potens armis,
Verg. A. 1, 531; 3, 164:
urbs,
id. ib. 11, 540:
Longior antiquis visa Maeotis hiems,
Ov. Tr. 3, 12, 2:
Sabinae,
id. Med. 11:
Amyclae,
id. M. 8, 314. —So, in eccl. Lat., after the Heb., of God:
Antiquus Dierum,
the Ancient of Days, Vulg. Dan. 7, 9; 7, 13; 7, 22.—
E.
Sometimes = vetus, that has been in existence a long time, old: Athenae, antiquum opulentum oppidum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 470, 5:
mos,
id. ib. p. 506, 1: amnis, Att. ap. Non. p. 192, 6:
hospes,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 17 (cf. Verg. A. 3, 82: veterem Anchisen agnoscit amicum); so,
amicus,
Vulg. Eccli. 9, 14:
discipulus,
ib. Act. 21, 16:
artificium,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 5:
genus,
Nep. Dat. 2, 2:
templa,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 104:
antiquissima scripta,
id. Ep. 2, 1, 28: saxum antiquum (i. e. which for a long time had lain in this place), ingens, etc., Verg. A. 12, 897:
ne transfer terminos antiquos,
Vulg. Prov. 22, 28 et saep.—Hence, subst.: antīquum, i, n., an old custom or habit.
a.
In mal. part.:
antiquum hoc obtines tuum, tardus ut sis,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 102. —
b.
In bon. part.:
O optume hospes, pol Crito antiquum obtines!
Ter. And. 4, 5, 22:
Ac tu ecastor morem antiquum atque ingenium obtines,
id. Hec. 5, 4, 20.—
F.
Aged: antiqua erilis fida custos corporis, Enn. Medea, ap. Non. p. 39, 2 (as a transl. of the Gr. IIalaion oikôn ktêma despoinês emês): Cives antiqui, amici majorum meūm, Pac. ap. Cic. Or. 46, 155:
Butes,
Verg. A. 9, 647:
antiqui Neleïa Nestoris arva,
Ov. H. 1, 63; Dig. 50, 3, 1.—Hence, adv.: antīquē and an-tīquĭtŭs (formed from antiquus, as humanitus, divinitus, from humanus, divinus; cf. Prisc. p. 1015).
I.
In former times, of old, anciently (only in prose; most freq. in the histt.; never in Cic.). Form antīquĭ-tŭs:
Belgas Rhenum antiquitus transductos,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4; 7, 32:
tectum antiquitus constitutum,
Nep. Att. 13, 2; Suet. Caes. 42; id. Aug. 60; 94; Vulg. Jos. 11, 10; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8.— Sup.:
Titanas in eā antiquissime regnāsse,
Sol. 11.—
II.
From ancient times; form antīquĭtŭs; sometimes with inde or ab... ad, Plin. Pan. 31:
cum Pythagoras acceptam sine dubio antiquitus opinionem vulgaverit,
Quint. 1, 10, 12:
jam inde antiquitus insita pertinacia,
Liv. 9, 29:
hi sunt jam inde antiquitus castellani, etc.,
id. 34, 27; Plin. Pan. 82, 7:
cum (hoc studium) antiquitus usque a Chirone ad nostra tempora apud omnes duraverit,
Quint. 1, 10, 30.—
III.
In the old way, style, or fashion; form antīquē:
nimis antique dicere,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 66.— Comp.:
simplicius et antiquius permutatione mercium uti,
in the simpler and more ancient manner, Tac. G. 5.—Esp., in the good old style, the way or fashion of former times: quanto antiquius, quam facere hoc, fecisse videatis, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 426, 3.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > antiquus
17 ad

ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
I.
As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
A.
In space.
1.
Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
a.
Horizontally:
fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,
the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:
Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;
and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
b.
In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:
duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,
Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):
ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,
Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;
ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 188:
altitudo pertingit ad caelum,
Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
c.
Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):
tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,
Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
2.
The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
a.
Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):
ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
(α).
With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:
ad Sullam adire,
id. ib. 25:
ad se adferre,
id. Verr. 4, 50:
reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,
id. ib. 5, 27:
ad laborem adhortantur,
id. de Sen. 14:
T. Vectium ad se arcessit,
id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
(β).
Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):
oratus sum venire ad te huc,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:
eamus ad me,
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:
ancillas traduce huc ad vos,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:
transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,
id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:
te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,
Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
(γ).
Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:
Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:
in aedem Veneris,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;
in aedem Concordiae,
Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;
2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,
to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:
ad Opis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:
ad Castoris,
id. Quint. 17:
ad Juturnae,
id. Clu. 101:
ad Vestae,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
(δ).
With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:
postea ad pistores dabo,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:
praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:
in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,
Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:
nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:
de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,
id. ib. 5, 3:
velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,
id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:
ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,
in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:
ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,
Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):
has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,
Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:
quae institueram, ad te mittam,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;
and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,
Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
(ε).
With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:
miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,
Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:
ad Veios,
Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:
ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,
Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;
or when it is joined with usque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:
magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,
Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
(ζ).
With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:
nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:
Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,
Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:
Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:
ipse ad hostem vehitur,
Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:
aliquem ad hostem ducere,
Tac. A. 2, 52:
clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,
Verg. A. 2, 443:
munio me ad haec tempora,
Cic. Fam. 9, 18:
ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;
so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,
Cic. Off. 3, 24:
remedium ad tertianam,
Petr. Sat. 18:
munimen ad imbris,
Verg. G. 2, 352:
farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,
Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:
ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,
Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
(η).
The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:
nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:
vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,
Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
b.
The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):
via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:
rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,
Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:
cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:
ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,
Curt. 3, 9, 10:
laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,
id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:
ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,
Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,
vestis ad Seras peti,
id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:
si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:
deverberasse usque ad necem,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;
without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:
virgis ad necem caedi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
3.
Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):
ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;
3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,
stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;
apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:
astiterunt ad januam,
Vulg. Act. 10, 17:
non adest ad exercitum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:
aderant ad spectaculum istud,
Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:
et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,
Lucr. 3, 959:
quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,
at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:
haec arma habere ad manum,
Quint. 12, 5, 1:
dominum esse ad villam,
Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:
errantem ad flumina,
Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):
pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!
Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:
qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),
Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:
ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,
among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:
neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,
Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:
si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:
villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:
“Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”
Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:
pons, qui erat ad Genavam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
conchas ad Caietam legunt,
id. Or. 2, 6:
ad forum esse,
to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:
ad dextram,
Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:
ad laevam,
Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:
ad dextram... ad laevam,
Liv. 40, 6;
and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,
at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:
sepultus ad quintum lapidem,
Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
B.
In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
1.
Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:
domum reductus ad vesperum,
toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,
toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
2.
The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:
ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:
philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:
quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:
ad multam noctem,
Cic. de Sen. 14:
Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,
id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:
Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82:
bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,
id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8:
usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
3.
Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:
praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,
at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:
admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,
on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:
nostra ad diem dictam fient,
id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:
ad id tempus,
Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
C.
The relations of number.
1.
An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):
ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:
nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:
quasi ad quadraginta minas,
as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:
sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:
cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,
id. Clu. 40, 110:
ad hominum milia decem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4:
oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,
id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:
occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33:
ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,
id. B. C. 3, 53:
ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,
Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
2.
The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):
ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:
aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,
even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:
miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,
to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:
quid ad denarium solveretur,
Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:
de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,
Cic. Lael. 23:
ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,
Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:
naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:
ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,
Cic. Fam. 10, 16:
Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,
Verg. A. 5, 687.
D.
In the manifold relations of one object to another.
1.
That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
a.
With verbs:
ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,
in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:
numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,
id. ib. 5, 4, 1:
nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,
that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:
nil est ad nos,
is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:
nil ad me attinet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:
nihil ad rem pertinet,
Cic. Caecin. 58;
and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:
Quid ad praetorem?
id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
b.
With adjectives:
ad has res perspicax,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
virum ad cetera egregium,
Liv. 37, 7, 15:
auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:
difficilis (res) ad credendum,
Lucr. 2, 1027:
ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,
Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
c.
With nouns:
prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,
before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):
mentis ad omnia caecitas,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:
magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,
id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:
ad cetera paene gemelli,
Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:
facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,
Cic. Font. 6;
facultas ad agendum,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
d.
In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;
jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,
Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
2.
With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):
columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,
Cic. Mur. 77:
taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,
Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:
ad amussim non est numerus,
Varr. 2, 1, 26:
ad imaginem facere,
Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:
ad cursus lunae describit annum,
Liv. 1, 19:
omnia ad diem facta sunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,
id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:
ad aequos flexus,
at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:
turres ad altitudiem valli,
Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:
ad eandem crassitudinem structi,
id. 44, 11:
ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,
with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:
stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,
Suet. Ner. 31:
lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,
Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:
canere ad tibiam,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:
in numerum ludere,
Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):
quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:
ad unguem factus homo,
a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):
ad istorum normam sapientes,
Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:
Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,
ad simulacrum,
Liv. 40, 6:
ad Punica ingenia,
id. 21, 22:
ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,
Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:
omnia fient ad verum,
Juv. 6, 324:
quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,
Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:
ad hunc modum institutus est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:
ad eundem istunc modum,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:
quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,
of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.
91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,
Lucr. 2, 281:
ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,
to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:
ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,
id. Rab. Post. 21:
aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,
Caes. B. C. 3, 51:
rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26:
rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,
id. Font. 36:
ad vulgi opinionem,
id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:
ad instar castrorum,
Just. 36, 3, 2:
scoparum,
App. M. 9, p. 232:
speculi,
id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:
ad navis feratur,
like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:
ad specus angustiac vallium,
like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
3.
With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
a.
The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:
cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,
Lucr. 3, 144:
ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,
on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
b.
The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
(α).
is done,
(β).
is designed, or,
(γ).
is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
(α).
Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):
venimus coctum ad nuptias,
in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:
omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,
id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:
cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,
in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:
quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:
utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:
ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,
for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:
haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,
Sall. C. 13, 4:
ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:
paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,
for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
(β).
Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:
ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;
(in the same sense: in rem,
Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):
ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,
Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:
ad frena leones,
Verg. A. 10, 253:
delecto ad naves milite,
marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:
servos ad remum,
rowers, id. 34, 6; and:
servos ad militiam emendos,
id. 22, 61, 2:
comparasti ad lecticam homines,
Cat. 10, 16:
Lygdamus ad cyathos,
Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:
puer ad cyathum statuetur,
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
(γ).
Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:
haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,
id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:
causa ad objurgandum,
id. And. 1, 1, 123:
argumentum ad scribendum,
Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):
vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato R. R. 125:
nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,
Cic. Brut. 24:
reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:
homines ad hanc rem idoneos,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:
calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:
orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,
id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:
sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:
homo ad nullam rem utilis,
id. Off. 3, 6:
ad segetes ingeniosus ager,
Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
4.
Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:
ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:
ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:
terra ad universi caeli complexum,
compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,
Liv. 22, 22, 15:
at nihil ad nostram hanc,
nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
E.
Adverbial phrases with ad.
1.
Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:
ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,
Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
2.
Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:
nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,
Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:
his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,
Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
3.
Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):
ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
4.
Ad tempus.
a.
At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
b.
At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
c.
For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
d.
According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
5.
Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
a.
For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
b.
At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
6.
Ad locum, on the spot:
ut ad locum miles esset paratus,
Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
7.
Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
8.
Ad summam.
a.
On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
b.
In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
9.
Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
a.
At the end, finally, at last.
(α).
Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:
missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,
Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
(β).
Of time = telos de, at last, finally:
ibi ad postremum cedit miles,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
(γ).
of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;
ad extremum agere cum dignitate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
b.
In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:
consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,
id. 28, 28, 8.—
10.
Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
11.
Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
► a.
Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:
traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
b.
Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:
quam ad,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:
senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4:
ripam ad Araxis,
Tac. Ann. 12, 51;
or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,
id. ib. 12, 8.—
c.
The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
II.
In composition.
A.
Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
B.
Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
1.
Local.
a.
To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
b.
At, by: astare, adesse.—
c.
On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
d.
Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
2.
Fig.
a.
To: adjudico, adsentior.—
b.
At or on: admiror, adludo.—
c.
Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
d.
Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
e.
Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
f.
Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad
18 D

D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
II.
As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
III.
The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
1.
An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
2.
An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
3.
An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
4.
An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
5.
A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
IV.
In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
2.
D final was also anciently found—
a.
In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
b.
In the imperative mood;
as estod,
Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
c.
In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
V.
As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
► The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > D
19 d

D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
II.
As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
III.
The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
1.
An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
2.
An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
3.
An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
4.
An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
5.
A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
IV.
In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
2.
D final was also anciently found—
a.
In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
b.
In the imperative mood;
as estod,
Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
c.
In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
V.
As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
► The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > d
20 tum

tum, adv. demonstr., of time [pronom. demonstr. stems to-, ta-; Gr. to, seen in ita, tam, etc.; cf. quom or cum], then.
I.
Absol.
A.
Referring to a time previously specified.
1.
To a definite past time.
(α).
To a period of time in which something was or happened (opp. later periods) = illis temporibus:
is dictu'st ollis popularibus olim Qui tum vivebant homines,
Enn. Ann. v. 308 Vahl.:
quod tum erat res in pecore et locorum possessionibus, i. e. Romuli temporibus,
Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 16:
cum illi male dicerent, quod tum fieri licebat, i. e. Periclis temporibus,
id. de Or. 3, 34, 138:
erat omnino tum mos ut faciles essent in suum cuique tribuendo,
id. Brut. 21, 85; cf. id. Tusc. 1, 46, 111:
vastae tum in his locis solitudines erant,
Liv. 1, 4, 6; 2, 6, 8; 3, 29, 3; 4, 6, 12; 42, 62, 11;
44, 9, 4: ut tum erant tempora,
Nep. Att. 1, 2; 12, 3; Liv. 1, 3, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 7, 4; 2, 9, 8; 2, 50, 2; 2, 63, 6;
39, 6, 7 and 9.—With illis temporibus: nam jam tum illis temporibus fortius... loquebantur quam pugnabant,
Nep. Thras. 2, 4.—
(β).
Referring to a point of time, then, at that time:
insigneita fere tum milia militum octo Duxit,
Enn. Ann. v. 336 Vahl.: ut jacui exsurgo;
ardere censui aedis: ita tum confulgebant,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 15:
jam duo restabant fata tum,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 35; id. Cist. 1, 3, 14: quot eras annos gnatus tum, quom, etc.? Me Septuennis, nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum, id. Men. 5, 9, 56; id. Merc. prol. 66; id. Most. 1, 2, 49; id. Am. 2, 1, 56; Ter. And. 1, 1, 82: sic igitur tum se levis ac diffusilis aether... undique flexit. Lucr. 5, 467; 5, 837; 5, 911; 5, 432;
5, 942: atque huic anno proximus Sulla consule et Pompejo fuit. Tum P. Sulpicii in tribunatu, cottidie contionantis, totum genus dicendi cognovimus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 306; id. Ac. 2, 22, 69:
scribit Eudemum Pheras venisse, quae erat urbs in Thessalia tum admodum nobilis,
id. Div. 1, 25, 53; id. Rep. 2, 37, 63:
hi tum in Asia rhetorum principes,
id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Sest. 11, 26; id. Planc. 37, 90; id. Quint. 61, 170; id. Fam. 9, 21, 2:
hoc tum veritus Caesar Pharum prehendit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 112:
eodem anno a Campanis Cumae, quam Graeci tum urbem tenebant, capiuntur,
Liv. 4, 44, 13; 1, 7, 14; 2, 9, 5;
2, 37, 7: praetores tum duos Latium habebat,
id. 8, 3, 9:
Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant, dictatorem dixit,
id. 8, 12, 13; 5, 8, 4; 22, 46, 6;
1, 7, 12: tum Athenis perpetui archontes esse desierunt,
Vell. 1, 8, 3:
tum Cimbri et Teutoni transcendere Rhenum,
id. 2, 8, 3; Val. Max. 1, 5, 3; Tac. H. 4, 49; 3, 57:
non timido, non ignavo cessare tum licuit,
Curt. 3, 11, 5:
Archiae, qui tum maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2; id. Phoc. 3, 3.—With in eo tempore: eum quem virile secus tum in eo tempore habebat, Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 5.—Repeated by anaphora:
quae nox omnium temporum conjurationis acerrima fuit. Tum Catilinae dies exeundi, tum ceteris manendi condicio, tum descriptio... constituta est, tum tuus pater, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 18, 52; cf. Lucr. 5, 1377; 5, 1399.—
(γ).
Esp., referring to a former state, implying that it no longer exists:
quaesivit ex lege illa Cornelia quae tum erat,
Cic. Clu. 20, 55:
cum sententias Oppianicus, quae tum erat potestas, palam ferri velle dixisset,
id. ib. 27, 75:
Caere, opulento tum oppido,
Liv. 1, 2, 3; 3, 52, 3:
praetores aerarii (nam tum a praetoribus tractabatur aerarium), etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 9.—
(δ).
Expressly opposed to present time (hodie, nunc, hoc tempore, etc.; class. and very freq.; but in post-Aug. writers tunc is regularly used): prius non is eras qui eras;
nunc is factu's qui tum non eras,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 138:
tu nunc tibi Id laudi ducis quod tum fecisti inopia?
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 25; id. Hec. 3, 3, 48:
quae tabula, tum imperio tuo revulsa, nunc a me tamen reportata est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112:
tum imperator populi Romani deos patrios reportabat, nunc praetor ejusdem populi eosdem illos deos... auferebat,
id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 77; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 78; 2, 5, 20, § 51; id. Clu. 31, 86; id. Planc. 9, 22; id. Quint. 22, 71; id. Phil. 14, 8, 21; id. Leg. 2, 22, 57; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Liv. 5, 3, 5; 6, 15, 11; 10, 9, 6.—
(ε).
Opposed to another time specified:
itaque tum eos exire jussit. Post autem e provincia litteras ad conlegium misit, se, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11:
itaque ut tum carere rege, sic pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat,
id. Rep. 2, 30, 53; id. Mil. 21, 55:
sicut legatorum antea, ita tum novorum colonorum caede imbutis armis,
Liv. 4, 31, 7; 39, 22, 10; 9, 36, 1; 2, 52, 7; 4, 2, 10; 4, 57, 11;
21, 17, 1: et tum sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Ide,
Ov. M. 2, 218; Verg. A. 11, 33; Nep. Arist. 2, 3; id. Ham. 11, 7.—
(ζ).
In the historians in applying general statements or truths to the state of affairs spoken of: communi enim fit vitio naturae ut invisis atque incognitis rebus... vehementius exterreamur;
ut tum accidit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 4; 3, 68; id. B. G. 7, 3; 2, 6; id. B. C. 1, 80:
foedera alia aliis legibus, ceterum eodem modo omnia fiunt. Tum ita factum accepimus,
Liv. 1, 24, 4; 1, 32, 14; 21, 31, 12.—
(η).
Denoting coincidence or inner connection with an action before mentioned = a temporal clause (tum = cum hoc fieret), then, on that occasion:
quis tum non ingemuit?
Cic. Vatin. 13, 31:
ne tum quidem hominum venustatem et facetias perspicere potuisti? i. e. cum coronam auream imponebant,
id. Fl. 31, 76: apud imperitos tum illa dicta sunt;
nunc agendum est subtilius,
id. Fin. 4, 27, 74:
itaque tum Stajenus condemnatus est,
i. e. in that trial, id. Clu. 36, 101; id. Sen. 7, 22:
M. Porcius Cato qui, asper ingenio, tum lenem mitemque senatorem egit,
Liv. 45, 25; Val. Max. 8, 3, 3:
sed tum supplicia dis... decernuntur,
Tac. A. 3, 64; 3, 72:
Graecia tum potuit Priamo quoque flenda videri,
Ov. M. 14, 474.—
With the occasion referred to specified in the same clause: Manlius... ex petulanti scurra in discordiis civitatis ad eam columnam tum suffragiis populi pervenerat,
Cic. Clu. 13, 39:
emisti tum in naufragio hujus urbis... tum, inquam, emisti ut, etc.,
id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7.—Repeated by anaphora: et Capitolinis injecit sedibus ignes. Tum statua Nattae, tum simulacra deorum, Romulusque et Remus cum altrice belua vi fulminis icti conciderunt, Cic. Div. 2, 20, 45;
so repeated seven times,
id. Rep. 1, 40, 62.—
(θ).
Redundant, the time of the action being clear without it (esp. in Cic.):
atque hoc tum judicio facto... tamen Avitus Oppianicum reum statim non facit,
Cic. Clu. 20, 56:
itaque tum ille inopia et necessitate coactus ad Caepasios confugit,
id. ib. 20, 57; id. Brut. 23, 90; 39, 145; 43, 161; cf. id. Sull. 18, 51, where tum redundant occurs six times successively.—
2.
In oblique discourse, referring to the time of the speaker, = nunc in direct discourse:
quando autem se, si tum non sint, pares hostibus fore?
if they were not now so, Liv. 3, 62, 1:
(dixit Sempronius)... nec tum agrum plebi, sed sibi invidiam quaeri,
id. 4, 44, 9; 4, 57, 4:
moenia eos tum transcendere non Italiae modo, sed etiam urbis Romanae,
id. 21, 35, 9; 5, 21, 7 (in this use nunc is also freq.).—
3.
Referring to indefinite time.
(α).
Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc., at such a season:
tum denique tauros in gregem redigo (after Lyra rises),
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 12; 1, 35 fin.; Col. 11, 2, 87.—
(β).
With the force of an indefinite temporal clause, at such a time, in such circumstances, i. e. when such a thing happens as has happened:
qui (porci) a partu decimo die habentur puri, ab eo appellantur sacres, quod tum ad sacrificium idonei habentur primum,
Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 16; 2, 7, 13:
deinde cibum sequitur somnus... quia plurima tum se corpora conturbant (i. e. cum cibum ceperunt),
Lucr. 4, 957; 3, 599; 4, 892; 4, 919;
4, 1030: quam regionem cum superavit animus... finem altius se efferendi facit. Tum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem adeptus... nullam in partem movetur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 43; 1, 31, 75; 3, 23, 55; 4, 24, 54; Tac. Dial. 7.—
(γ).
With the force of a conditional clause, then, in this instance, if so: immo res omnis relictas habeo prae quod tu velis. Ph. Tum tu igitur, qua causa missus es ad portum, id expedi (i. e. si ita est), Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 39; id. Most. 5, 1, 55; id. As. 1, 1, 93; 2, 2, 64; 3, 3, 36; id. Aul. 3, 6, 31; id. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 2, 78: non potitus essem;
fuisset tum illos mi aegre aliquot dies,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 7; id. Eun. 2, 2, 50; 5, 1, 23; id. Hec. 3, 5, 12:
ego C. Caesaris laudibus desim, quas, etc.? Tum hercule me confitear non judicium aliquod habuisse,
Cic. Planc. 39, 93: scribant aliquid Isocrateo more...;
tum illos existimabo non desperatione formidavisse genus hoc,
id. Or. 70, 235; id. Font. 21, 49 (17, 39); id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85; id. Fam. 9, 8, 2; Ov. H. 18 (19), 81: vellem tam ferax saeculum haberemus...;
tum ego te primus hortarer, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 15, 8.—
4.
Referring to future time.
(α).
To a definite time before mentioned:
ut sit satius perdere Quam aut nunc manere tam diu, aut tum persequi,
i. e. after my future return, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 27:
jam nunc mente prospicio quae tum studia hominum, qui concursus futuri sint,
Cic. Div. in Caecin. 13, 42; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37; 1, 10, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 17; id. Marcell. 9, 30:
tum meae... Vocis accedet bona pars,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 45.—
(β).
With the force of a conditional clause (cf. 3. b, supra), then, in this instance, if so: specta, tum scies. Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 100; cf.:
quom videbis, tum scies,
id. ib. 1, 2, 37: tuom incendes genus;
Tum igitur aquae erit tibi cupido, etc.,
id. Trin. 3, 2, 50; id. Curc. 2, 3, 17:
confer sudantes, ructantes, refertos epulis... tum intelleges, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 100; id. Planc. 18, 45; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115:
agedum, dictatorem creemus... Pulset tum mihi lictorem qui sciet, etc.,
Liv. 2, 29, 12; Cic. Phil. 10, 3, 6; id. Or. 23, 78; 71, 235; Liv. 4, 22, 11; 5, 16, 10; 9, 11, 4.—
B.
Referring to a time subsequent to a time mentioned, then, thereupon.
1.
Simple sequence in time.
(α).
Time proper (only of an immediate sequence;
otherwise deinde, postea, etc., are used): tum cum corde suo divum pater atque hominum rex Effatur, etc.,
Enn. Ann. 179:
dico ei quo pactod eam viderim erilem nostram filiam sustollere. Extimuit tum illa,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 29; id. As. 4, 1, 58: tum ille egens forte adplicat Primum ad Chrysidis patrem se. Ter. And. 5, 4, 21; id. Eun. 3, 1, 17; Cato, R. R. 48 (49); 135 (136); so id. ib. 112 (113): equos quinto anno... amittere binos (dentes);
tum renascentes eis sexto anno impleri,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 2 sq.: collo [p. 1909] cari jussit hominem in aureo lecto, abacosque complures ornavit... Tum ad mensam eximia forma pueros jussit consistere, eosque, etc., Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 61:
dixerat hoc ille, cum puer nuntiavit venire ad eum Laelium... Tum Scipio e cubiculo est egressus, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Div. 2, 66, 135; id. Clu. 14, 40; id. Cat. 3, 5, 10; id. Ac. 2, 5, 13; id. Div. 1, 35, 77:
hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamaverunt ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 26; cf. id. ib. 7, 64; 5, 43 fin.;
5, 48: adsurgentem ibi regem cuspide ad terram adfixit. Tum spolia caputque abscisum spiculo gerens... hostes fudit,
Liv. 4, 19, 5; 5, 21, 1; 1, 26, 9; 1, 18, 10; 1, 20, 1; 1, 22, 6; 1, 28, 4; 1, 28, 9; 2, 24, 4;
3, 8, 11, etc.: tum Caesar cum exercitu Thessaliam petit,
Vell. 2, 52, 1; Val. Max. 5, 1, 3; Curt. 4, 3, 7; Tac. A. 3, 28; 11, 35; id. H. 4, 84; Ov. M. 2, 122; 4, 80; 7, 121; 10, 481; 14, 386; Flor. 1, 13, 12; Gell. 1, 19, 5; 1, 23, 5.—
(β).
In partic., foll. by an abl. absol.:
tum, prope jam perculsis aliis tribunis, A. Verginius Caesoni capitis diem dicit,
Liv. 3, 11, 9; 8, 32, 1; 10, 29, 12:
tum omni spe perdita, Meherdates dolo ejus vincitur, traditurque victori,
Tac. A. 12, 15; 12, 16:
tum, ferro extracto, confestim exanimatus est,
Nep. Epam. 9, 4.—
(γ).
Implying a connection between two events, hence, under these circumstances, accordingly, thereupon:
at pater omnipotens ira tum percitus acri... Phaethonta... Deturbavit in terram,
Lucr. 5, 399:
madefactum iri Graeciam sanguine... tum neque te ipsum non esse commotum, Marcumque Varronem et M. Catonem... vehementer esse perterritos,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 76; Caes. B. G. 4, 25; cf. id. ib. 5, 49; 5, 51;
7, 59: quippe quibus nec domi spes prolis, nec cum finitimis conubia essent. Tum ex consilio patrum Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit,
Liv. 1, 9, 2; 3, 26, 1; 3, 31, 7; 4, 45, 7.—
2.
Enumeration of a series of events; the co-ordinate clauses introduced by tum... tum, or primum (primo)... deinde... tum, etc.
(α).
Succession of time proper:
ducem Hannibali unum e concilio datum (a Jove), tum ei ducem illum praecepisse ne respiceret, illum autem respexisse, tum visam beluam vastam, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49; 1, 27, 57; 2, 28, 58 sq.:
primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. Fin. 1, 16, 50; 5, 23, 65; id. Tusc. 5, 2, 5:
primum... deinde... tum... postremo,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 3; 3, 3, 6: primum colonos inde Romanos expulit: inde in Latinam viam transgressus, etc., inde Lavinium recepit; tum deinceps Corbionem, Vitelliam;
postremum, etc.,
Liv. 2, 39, 4:
primi consules sub jugum missi, tum ut quisque gradu proximus erat, tum deinceps singulae legiones,
id. 9, 6, 1:
primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. 21, 22, 8; id. praef. 9; 3, 28, 8: 5, 39, 7;
23, 23, 6: deinde... deinde... Tum... post quas, etc.,
Curt. 3, 3, 24: primum... deinde... deinde... tum... postea, Masur. Gabin. ap. Gell. 5, 13, 5; Gai. Inst. 4, 60.—
(β).
So in partic.: tum (also hic, et;
not deinde or postea), to denote the succession of speakers in dialogue: immo duas dabo, inquit adulescens... Tum senex ille: Si vis, inquit, quattuor sane dato,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 46 dub.:
tum Piso... inquit, etc. Tum Quintus... inquit, etc. Hic ego... inquam, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Piso... inquit, etc. Et ille ridens... inquit, etc. Tum Piso exorsus est, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sqq.:
tum Atticus... inquit, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Brutus, etc. Tum ille, etc. Tum Atticus, etc. Tum Pomponius... inquit, etc.,
id. Brut. 3, 11 sqq., and through the whole treatise; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 4; 1, 3, 9; 1, 4, 13; 1, 12, 43 and 44; 2, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 15 sqq.; id. Rep. 1, 13, 19 sqq.; Liv. 7, 10, 2 sqq.; 23, 12, 8; Tac. Dial. 3; 15; 25; 42; Gell. 3, 1, 11 sqq.; 18, 1, 9 sqq.; Ov. M. 14, 594.—
(γ).
Transf., of sequence or succession of thought, passing into mere co-ordination (v. C. 2. b, g), then... again... furthermore:
qui mi in cursu obstiterit, faxo vitae is obstiterit suae. Prius edico ne quis, etc. Tum pistores scrofipasci qui, etc. Tum piscatores.... Tum lanii autem qui, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 28; 4, 2, 34; 4, 2, 39: (res familiaris) primum bene parta sit, tum quam plurimis se utilem praebeat, deinde augeatur ratione, diligentia, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92; id. Ac. 2, 47, 146; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 68 sq.; 5, 40, 117; id. Ac. 2, 10, 30; id. de Or. 1, 42, 190; id. Cat. 4, 3, 5; id. Agr. 1, 2, 5; id. Clu. 2, 6; Liv. 3, 26, 11.—
C.
Hence, as co-ordinating conjunction, introducing an additional assertion, or thought.
1.
Alone, = praeterea, and then, besides, also, moreover, on the other hand (freq. in ante-class. style and in Cic.;
rare in Livy and post-Aug. prose): argenti aurique advexit multum, lanam purpuramque multam... tum Babylonica peristromata, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 2, 3, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 10; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 71; 4, 8, 17; id. Ps. 3, 2, 78; id. Aul. 1, 2, 6; 1, 3, 16; id. Men. 5, 5, 41; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 1, 3, 15; 4, 2, 3; Ter. And. 1, 5, 27; 1, 2, 21; 2, 3, 7; id. Eun. prol. 4; 5, 6, 15; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 16; Lucr. 4, 680; cf. id. 1, 494; 4, 1152:
magnum ingenium L. Luculli, magnumque optimarum artium studium, tum omnis ab eo percepta doctrina... caruit omnino rebus urbanis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 1; 2, 14, 43; id. Div. 1, 24, 50; 1, 42, 94; id. de Or. 1, 46, 201; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fin. 1, 6, 21; 2, 16, 53; id. Leg. 1, 5, 17; 1, 9, 26; id. Rab. Post. 14, 40; id. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
altera ex parte Bellovaci instabant, alteram Camulogenus tenebat: tum legiones a praesidio interclusas maximum flumen distinebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 59; id. B. C. 3, 49: naves convenerunt duae Punicae quinqueremes;
duae ab Heraclea triremes... tum quinque Rhodiae quadriremes,
Liv. 42, 56, 6; 1, 40, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 4; Just. 5, 10, 3.—Sometimes connecting two terms of the same clause, with the force of cum... tum (v. infra, 3. d.):
quot me censes homines jam deverberasse, hospites tum civis?
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 14:
faciendum est igitur nobis ut... veteranorum, tum legionis Martiae quartaeque consensus... confirmetur,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 7; Liv. 28, 43, 1 (in co-ordination often with etiam, autem, and sometimes with praeterea and porro; v. III. infra).—
2.
Tum as correlative of a preceding tum.
(α).
With an added assertion or thought: ita est haec hominum natio: voluptarii atque potatores, Tum sycophantae... plurimi In urbe habitant;
tum meretrices mulieres Nusquam perhibentur blandiores gentium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 28; id. Mil. 3, 1, 100; 3, 1, 102.—
(β).
Tum... tum = nunc... nunc (modo... modo), sometimes... sometimes, now... now, at one time... at another (freq. in Cic., not in Caes., rare in Liv., and very rare in postAug. writers):
tum huc, tum illuc inretitos impedit piscis,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 17:
tum hoc mihi probabilius, tum illud videtur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 134:
mihi... tum hoc tum illud probabilius videtur,
id. Off. 3, 7, 33; so id. Am. 4, 13; id. Sen. 13, 45; id. Top. 7, 31; id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:
(alvus) tum restringitur, tum relaxatur,
id. ib. 2, 54, 136; id. Rep. 3, 13 (14), 23; id. Leg. 2, 7, 16; id. Or. 63, 212; id. Sen. 3, 7; id. Inv. 1, 37, 66:
dictator tum appellare tum adhortari milites,
Liv. 8, 39, 4; Suet. Ner. 1; Gell. 1, 11, 15.—Tum may be repeated several times:
plerique propter voluptatem tum in morbos graves, tum in damna, tum in dedecora incurrunt,
Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 47; 3, 7, 26;
so three times,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 29; 1, 14, 37; 1, 15, 39; id. Inv. 1, 52, 98; id. Or. 3, 45, 177; id. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 2, 17, 43; id. Top. 25, 96;
four times,
id. N. D. 1, 43, 120; 2, 20, 52; 2, 39, 101; id. Verr. 2, 4, 34, § 75;
five times,
id. N. D. 2, 5, 14; id. Inv. 1, 13, 17; 1, 41, 76; id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 94;
six times,
id. ib. 1, 53, 120;
seven times,
Quint. 9, 4, 133;
nine times,
Cic. N. D. 2, 50, 51.—And in chronological order (to be distinguished from the instances B. 2. a and g):
Atheniensium (rem publicam constituerunt) tum Theseus, tum Draco, tum Solo, tum Clisthenes, tum multi alii,
at different times, successively, Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 2.—
(γ).
Preceded or followed by other co-ordinate words (alias, modo, aliquando, aut... aut, nunc... nunc):
ex quo intellegitur qualis ille sit quem tum moderatum, alias modestum, tum temperantem, alias constantem continentemque dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 36:
tum... tum... aliquando,
id. Div. 2, 2, 6:
tum... tum... aut... aut,
id. Or. 61, 204:
modo... tum autem,
id. N. D. 2, 40, 142:
nunc... nunc... tum... tum,
Flor. 1, 17, 5.—
(δ).
Tum... tum = et... et, both... and, not only... but also, partly... partly, without regard to time, the second term being frequently strengthened by etiam (mostly post-Aug.):
Milo Compsam oppugnans, ictusque lapide tum Clodio, tum patriae, quam armis petebat, poenas dedit,
Vell. 2, 68, 3:
Muciam et Fulviam, tum a patre, tum a viro utramque inclitam,
Val. Max. 9, 1, 8:
Caesar Pompejo tum proprias, tum etiam filiae lacrimas reddidit,
id. 5, 1, 10; Quint. 7, 3, 18; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; id. Clem. 1, 19, 2; Front. Aquaed. 1; Tac. A. 12, 33; Suet. Tit. 3; Nep. praef. 8;
and with etiam,
Val. Max. 2, 2, 8; 5, 9, 1; 7, 6 prooem.; Nep. Them. 2, 3.—
3.
As correlative with a preceding cum, introducing particular after a universal or a stronger or more important assertion after a weaker or less important.
a.
Connecting complete sentences with different predicates, cum... tum = as... so, while... (tum being not translated; ante-class. cum always with indic.; class. with subj. or indic.):
quom antehac te amavi, et mihi amicam esse crevi... tum id mihi hodie aperuisti,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 2; id. Truc. 4, 1, 6:
quom id mihi placebat, tum uno ore omnes omnia Bona dicere,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:
quae cum res tota ficta sit pueriliter, tum ne efficit quidem quod vult,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19; id. Tusc. 5, 39, 13; id. Fam. 13, 16, 1; and so with subj., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Brut. 39, 145; 11, 250:
cum omnium rerum simulatio est vitiosa, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime,
id. Lael. 25, 91; id. Div. 2, 27, 58; and so with indic., id. Planc. 33, 80; id. Tull. 4, 8; id. Div. in Caecil. 20, 65; id. Sest. 1, 2; id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:
haec cum merito ejus fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabatur, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 4; 3, 16; id. B. C. 1, 58; Liv. 3, 34, 1; 4, 53, 4.—
b.
Clauses with the same predicate, which is placed after the first clause (always with indic.):
nam mihi, cum multa eximie divineque videntur Athenae tuae peperisse, tum nihil melius illis mysteriis quibus, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 36; id. Tusc. 4, 18, 42; id. Phil. 2, 5, 12; Liv. 4, 46, 10; 6, 38, 10.—
c.
Clauses with a common predicate placed before both co-ordinate terms, cum... tum = not only, but also; as... so especially:
visa est Arcesilae cum vera sententia, tum honesta et digna sapiente,
Cic. Ac. 2, 24, 77; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; 2, 35, 119; 3, 1, 3:
movit patres conscriptos cum causa tum auctor,
Liv. 9, 10, 1; 4, 57, 2; Suet. Ner. 46 init. —
d.
With a common predicate after both co-ordinate terms:
quom virum tum uxorem, di vos perdant,
Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 103:
luxuria cum omni aetati turpis tum senectuti foedissima est,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Clu. 59, 161; id. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 86; id. N. D. 1, 21, 57; id. Deiot. 9, 26; id. Clu. 16, 46:
concitatos animos flecti quam frangi putabat cum tutius tum facilius esse,
Liv. 2, 23, 15; 6, 9, 8; 1, 57, 1; 10, 26, 13; Tac. Dial. 5.—With tum several times repeated:
quem pater moriens cum tutoribus et propinquis, tum legibus, tum aequitati magistratuum, tum judiciis vestris commendatum putavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 151; cf. esp. id. Planc. 40, 95. —
e.
Tum, in this construction, is freq. strengthened,
(α).
By vero:
cum haec sunt videnda, tum vero illud est hominis magni, etc.,
in particular, Cic. Clu. 58, 159; id. Mur. 27, 55; id. Phil. 3, 5, 12; 7, 3, 9; cf. id. Or. 1, 23, 106; 3, 16, 60; Liv. 34, 39, 9; Quint. 12, 1, 25.—
(β).
By maxime, above all, most of all, especially, chiefly:
cum omnibus in rebus temeritas in adsentando turpis est, tum in eo loco maxime in quo ju dicandum est quantum, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 4, 7; id. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; 5, 12, 36; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 69:
cum infamia atque indignitas rei impediebat, tum maxime quod, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 7, 56; Sall. J. 43, 5; Liv. 1, 8, 2; Suet. Claud. 30; Quint. 6, 1, 29.—
(γ).
By praecipue, especially, chiefly, above all:
cum omnium sociorum provinciarumque rationem diligenter habere debetis, tum praecipue Siciliae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 2; id. Fam. 13, 11, 3:
fortuna quae plurimum potest cum in reliquis rebus, tum praecipue in bello,
Caes. B. C. 3, 68; Liv. 22, 43, 11; 1, 40, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 29; 1, 10, 13; 5, 10, 106; Plin. Ep. 4, 3, 2.—
(δ).
By inprimis, chiefly, principally:
cum multa non probo, tum illud inprimis quod, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 18; id. Fam. 12, 22, 3.—
(ε).
By cumprimis, chiefly, principally: quapropter bene cum superis de rebus habenda Nobis est ratio... tum cumprimis Unde anima atque animi constet [p. 1910] natura videndum, Lucr. 1, 131.—
(ζ).
By certe, especially, at least, assuredly:
at cum de plurimis eadem dicit, tum certe de maximis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 5, 13; id. Fam. 7, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 1, 10.—
(η).
By nimirum, assuredly, undoubtedly:
cum plurimas... commoditates amicitia contineat, tum illa nimirum praestat omnibus quod, etc.,
Cic. Am. 7, 23. —
(θ).
By etiam, besides, as well:
cum omnes omnibus ex terris homines improbos audacesque collegerat, tum etiam multos fortes viros et bonos... tenebat,
Cic. Cael. 6, 14; id. Ac. 2, 10, 31; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:
quos tu cum memoriter, tum etiam erga nos amice et benevole collegisti,
id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:
cum sua virtute, tum etiam alienis vitiis,
id. Leg. 23, 67; id. Fin. 2, 12, 38; id. N. D. 2, 37, 95; id. de Or. 3, 60, 225; Liv. 1, 21, 2; 7, 23, 6; 7, 32, 10; Val. Max. 7, 2, 3; 3, 2, 10; 9, 6, 3; Quint. 9, 1, 20; 9, 4, 143.—
(ι).
By quoque, also, besides, as well:
cum potestas major, tum vir quoque potestati par hostes trans Anienem submovere,
Liv. 4, 17, 11; 1, 22, 2; cf. Quint. 12, 10, 72.—
(κ).
By et, also, besides, too:
cujus mortem cum luctus civitatis, tum et dictaturae undecim insignem fecere,
Just. 19, 1, 7.—
(λ).
By praeterea, moreover, besides:
dicimus C. Verrem cum multa libidinose fecerit, tum praeterea quadringentiens sestertium ex Sicilia abstulisse,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56.
II.
Tum as correlative of dependent clauses (freq. in ante - class. writings and Cic., rare in post-Aug. writings).
A.
With temporal clauses, introduced by cum, = at the time when, at a time when.
1.
Referring to definite past time.
a.
Tum as antecedent of cum:
jam tum cum primum jussit me ad se arcessier, Roget quis, Quid tibi cum illa?
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 4; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21:
qui (Hercules) tum dolore frangebatur cum immortalitatem ipsa morte quaerebat,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 8, 20:
bene apud majores nostros senatus tum cum florebat imperium decrevit ut, etc.,
id. Div. 1, 41, 91; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114; id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 160; id. Clu. 33, 89; id. Verr. 1, 2, 5; id. Brut. 2, 7; 23, 89; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Agr. 2, 24, 64; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; 3, 4, 11:
tum mittendos legatos fuisse cum Perseus Graecas urbes obsideret,
Liv. 45, 3, 7:
tum cum Vipereos sparsi... dentes,
Ov. M. 4, 572; id. H. 3, 23; Val. Max. 6, 1, 12.—After pluperf.:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant scimus Romae solutione impedita fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19; Val. Max. 3, 6, 1; 2, 8, 15 fin. —Tum inserted in the temporal clause:
cum Davo egomet vidi jurgantem ancillam... quom ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 20.—
b.
Tum, introducing the apodosis of the temporal clause (generally not transl. in Engl.).
(α).
Of coincident events, cum... tum = while: quom genui tum morituros scivi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132 (Trag. Rel. v. 361 Vahl.); Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 18:
cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,
Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Cael. 26, 63; id. Phil. 3, 5, 13:
cum pavida mulier nullam opem videret, tum Tarquinius fateri amorem, orare, etc.,
Liv. 1, 58, 3; 5, 11, 4. —
(β).
Tum = deinde, usu. after a pluperf.:
id cum Sulla fecisset, tum ante oppidum Nolam Samnitium castra cepit,
Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72; id. Brut. 92, 319; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; 2, 3, 15; id. Fin. 1, 8, 26; id. Tusc. 4, 20, 45; id. Div. 1, 25, 53; 2, 2, 7; id. Rep. 2, 25, 47; Liv. 21, 11, 8; cf. id. 1, 26, 7; 23, 22, 4.—Inserted in the apodosis:
cum jam humanae opes egestae a Veis essent, amoliri tum deum dona,
Liv. 5, 22, 3.—
2.
Referring to definite present time:
quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis. Cum enim miserum esse dicis, tum eum qui non sit, dicis esse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12.—
3.
Referring to indefinite time.
a.
As antecedent of the clause, = at the time when, at a time when, whenever: hominum inmortalis est infamia;
etiam tum vivit quom esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28; id. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7; Cato, R. R. 31:
nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit Cum pariter mens et corpus sopita quiescunt,
Lucr. 3, 919; 4, 444; 4, 455;
4, 1166: omnis praedictio mali tum probatur cum ad praedictionem cautio adjungitur,
Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. N. D. 2, 3, 9: tum cum sine pondere suci Mobilibus ventis arida facta volant, Ov. H. 5, 109; Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44; 2, 27, 88; id. Fin. 4, 8, 20; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20; 5, 26, 73; id. N. D. 1, 4, 9; id. Off. 1, 27, 93.—Tum maxime... cum plurimum = eo magis quo magis:
eam (partem animi) tum maxime vigere cum plurimum absit a corpore,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 70; so, cum maxime... tum maxime; v. b. a foll.—
b.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
As coincident:
quom amamus, tum perimus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 94:
ulmus, cum folia cadunt, tum iterum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; so id. ib. 155 (156):
cum ea quae quasi involuta fuerunt, aperti sunt, tum inventa dicuntur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 26; id. Fin. 5, 10, 29; 1, 17, 57; id. N. D. 2, 52, 129; 1, 19, 49; id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 15.—Cum maxime... tum maxime = quo magis eo magis:
nam quom pugnabant maxume, ego tum fugiebam maxume,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 45:
quamobrem omnes, cum secundae res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 14, 30 poet. —
(β).
As subsequent:
ad legionem quom itum, adminiculum eis danunt tum jam aliquem cognatum suum,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 47:
eo cum accessit ratio argumentique conclusio... tum et perceptio eorum omnium apparet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 30; 2, 41, 128; id. Fin. 5, 9, 24; 1, 20, 69; 5, 15, 41; id. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 1, 24, 58; 3, 2, 3; id. N. D. 2, 48, 123; id. Div. 2, 19, 44.—
4.
Referring to future time.
(α).
Tum as antecedent of cum:
quom mi haec dicentur dicta, tum tu, furcifer, quasi mus in medio pariete vorsabere,
Plaut. Cas. 1, 51; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 20:
non committam ut tum haec res judicetur cum haec frequentia Roma discesserit,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54; id. Agr. 2, 17, 44; 2, 25, 67; id. Fin. 4, 22, 62; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Liv. 23, 13, 4; 41, 10, 7; Ov. M. 2, 651; id. H. 15, 293; Nep. Them. 6, 5.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
quom videbis, tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; 4, 6, 30:
de quo cum perpauca dixero, tum ad jus civile veniam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Clu. 2, 6; 4, 9; Liv. 3, 56, 10.—
B.
With temporal clause, introduced by ubi.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
vitem novellam resecare tum erit tempus ubi valebit,
Cato, R. R. 33:
tum tu igitur demum id adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 52.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Referring to definite past time (tum always = deinde):
ubi eorum dolorem majorem quam ceterorum cognovi, tum meum animum in illos, tum mei consilii causam proposui, tum eos hortatus sum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140; Sall. J. 94, 3:
ubi illuxit, et Romanis Punica et Gallica arma cognita, tum dubitationem exemere,
Liv. 25, 10, 5; 1, 9, 10; 4, 57, 3; 9, 43, 16; 21, 25, 12; 23, 11, 4.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time:
post ubi tempust promissa jam perfici, Tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 8: Cato, R. R. 3 init.; 17:
ubi jam morbi se flexit causa... Tum quasi vaccillans primum consurgit,
Lucr. 3, 503; 6, 129; 6, 526.—
(γ).
Referring to future time:
otium ubi erit, tum tibi operam ludo et deliciae dabo,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 13; id. Stich. 4, 2, 14:
ubi tu voles, Ubi tempus erit, sat habet si tum recipitur,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 32; Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 72; id. Pers. 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 3, 2, 27:
ut ubi id interrogando argumentis firmavero, tum testes ad crimen accommodem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 55:
ubi haerere jam aciem videris, tum terrorem equestrem infer,
Liv. 6, 12, 10; 22, 55, 8.—
C.
With a temporal clause introduced by postquam.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
Flaminius qui ne quieto quidem hoste ipse quieturus erat, tum vero postquam res sociorum ante oculos prope suos ferri vidit, suum id dedecus ratus, etc.,
Liv. 22, 3, 7; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 (v. infra, III. A. 2. a. b).—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis (always = deinde).
(α).
Referring to definite past time:
posteaquam e portu piratae exierunt, tum coeperunt quaerere homines, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 100; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40 (al. tunc):
postquam satis virium collectum videbat, tum ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem misit,
Liv. 1, 54, 5; 3, 66, 5; 6, 13, 4; 22, 48, 4; 25, 10, 6; Gell. 5, 3, 6.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time: postquam vero commoditas quaedam... dicendi copiam consecuta est, tum ingenio freta malitia pervertere urbes adsuevit, Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 3.—
D.
With a temporal clause introduced by ut.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
tum vero ingentem gemitum dat Ut spolia, ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici... conspexit,
Verg. A. 1, 485; cf. id. ib. 12, 218.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Of definite past time:
nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi, puto, prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46:
sed ut intellectum est quantam vim haberet accurata... oratio, tum etiam magistri dicendi multi subito exstiterunt,
Cic. Brut. 8, 30; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Liv. 24, 44, 10; id. 21, 54, 9; 23, 34, 6.—
(β).
Referring to future time:
neque ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. de Or. 2, 34, 146:
traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum, si eam Romanus rite emisisset, victoriam de Vejentibus dari (= si quando),
Liv. 5, 15, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.—
E.
With a temporal clause introduced by quando.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause.
(α).
Of definite past time:
auctoritatem senatus exstare sentio, tum, quando Alexandro mortuo, legatos Tyrum misimus,
Cic. Agr. 2, 16, 41.—
(β).
Of future time:
at scire tum memento quando id quod voles habebis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 41; id. Mil. 3, 1, 213; id. Most. 3, 1, 136; id. Men. 5, 7, 57:
utinam tum essem natus quando Romani dona accipere coepissent,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Of indefinite time (quando = whenever):
quando esurio tum crepant (intestina),
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 27; id. Truc. 1, 1, 15; id. Ps. 4, 7, 85:
quando mulier dotem marito dabat, tum quae ex suis bonis retinebat reciperare dicebatur,
Gell. 17, 6, 6; 7 (6), 14, 4.—
(β).
Of future time:
at tu, quando habebis, tum dato,
Plaut. Men. 3, 3, 23:
quando ab eadem parte sol eodemque tempore iterum defecerit, tum signis omnibus ad principium revocatis, expletum annum habeto,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
quando mihi usus venerit, tum quaeram ex te atque discam,
Gell. 6 (7), 17, 4.—
F.
In the apodosis after simul ac:
an simul ac nubes successere, ipse in eas tum Descendit (Juppiter), prope ut hinc teli determinet ictus?
Lucr. 6, 402.—
G.
With a temporal clause introduced by dum.
1.
Tum as antecedent:
sanctius visum est nomen Augusti, ut scilicet jam tum dum colit terras, ipso numine ac titulo consecretur,
Flor. 2, 33, 66 (4, 12, 66).—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis:
dum habeat, tum amet,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 23:
dum se glomerant... tum pondere turris Procubuit,
Verg. A. 9, 540.—
H.
As antecedent of quamdiu:
qui cum tibi amicus non modo tum fuerit quamdiu tecum in provincia fuerit, verum etiam nunc sit cum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 24, § 58.—
K.
Denoting a logical consequence after quando and cum:
quando ergo erga te benignus fui... tum te mihi benigne itidem addecet... referre gratiam,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 35:
cum magnus numerus deesset, tum iste homo nefarius in eorum locum... substituere coepit cives Romanos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72.—
L.
After relative clauses denoting time: qua tempestate Paris Helenam innuptis junxit nuptiis, Ego tum gravida expletis jam fere ad pariendum mensibus, Poet. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 58, 219 (Trag. Rel. p. 246 Rib.).—
M.
With conditional clauses.
1.
With a conditional clause introduced by si, sin, ni (not nisi).
(α).
Tum as antecedent of clause:
tum pol ego interii, homo si ille abiit,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 6; id. Men. 2, 2, 71; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 40:
si tenuis causa est, tum etiam argumentandi tenue filum,
Cic. Or. 36, 124; id. Rep. 1, 40, 62; 2, 9, 15; id. Fin. 1, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 13; id. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
tum vero ego nequiquam Capitolium servaverim si civem in servitutem duci videam,
Liv. 6, 14, 4; 3, 9, 11; 6, 14, 4; 7, 34, 14; Cato ap. Plin. 29, 1, 7, § 14; Gell. 2, 12, 1 sq.; 4, 13, 1; 14, 2, 21.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
si triduum hoc hic erimus, tum arbores in te cadent,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 30; id. Rud. 5, 2, 59; 3, 4, 49; id. As. 1, 3, 89; id. Rud. 1, 3, 13; id. Ps. 4, 1, 1; 4, 1, 48 (39); Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 64; 3, 1, 17; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 19; Cato, R. R. 26; cf. id. ib. 27:
quod si, ut spero, cepero, tum vero litteras publice mittam,
Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 3; id. Div. 1, 44, 100; cf. id. Ac. 2, 10, 32; id. Fin. 2, 4, 79; id. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Rep. 1, 43, 66: id. [p. 1911] Rosc. Am. 49, 142:
si dimicandum erit, tum tu in novissimos te recipito,
Liv. 7, 40, 13; 8, 10, 12; Hor. S. 1, 2, 97; Ov. M. 7, 32.—
Esp., denoting the consequences of perjury in ancient formulas of oaths: si ego injuste illos homines dedier mihi exposco, tum patriae compotem me numquam siris esse,
Liv. 1, 32, 7; 1, 24, 8; 22, 53, 11; hence, quid si falles? Me. Tum Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 239; 3, 2, 52; id. Aul. 4, 10, 50; cf. also Liv. 3, 64, 10.—
2.
With a condition contrary to fact.
(α).
Tum, antecedent of clause:
tum esset ostentum, si anguem vectis circumplicavisset,
Cic. Div. 2, 28, 62; id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
tum id audirem si tibi soli viveres,
id. Marcell. 8, 25; id. Fin. 4, 13, 33; id. Div. 2, 35, 73.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
si quidem me amaret, tum istuc prodesset,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 56:
quodsi omnia nobis quae ad victum pertinent. suppeditarentur, tum optimo quisque ingenio, totum se in cognitione et scientia collocaret,
Cic. Off. 1, 44, 158. —
N.
After an abl. absol.
1.
With perfect participles (= postquam or cum... tum), mostly with denique, vero, demum.
(α).
Referring to definite past time:
ut morte ejus nuntiata tum denique bellum confectum arbitraretur,
Cic. Mur. 16, 34:
sed confecto proelio tum vero cerneres quanta vis animi fuisset in exercitu Catilinae,
Sall. C. 61, 1:
ita rebus divinis peractis tum de bello deque republica dictator rettulit,
Liv. 22, 11, 1; 2, 29, 1; 2, 29, 3; 3, 56, 1; 5, 50, 8; Plin. 11, 20, 22, § 68.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time:
hisce omnibus rebus consideratis, tum denique id quod primum est dicendum, postremum soleo cogitare, quo utar exordio,
Cic. Or. 2, 77, 315.—
(γ).
Referring to future time (the abl. absol. = a fut. perf.):
ita prope XL. diebus interpositis tum denique se responsuros esse arbitrantur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 31; 1, 18, 54; id. Fin. 4, 13, 32; id. Scaur. Fragm. 10, 22.—
2.
With pres. participles (post-class.):
tacentibus cunctis, tum ipse (dixit), etc.,
Just. 12, 15, 6.
III.
Particular connections.
A.
With other particles of time.
1.
Jam tum, already at that time, i. e. earlier than might be anticipated:
jam tum erat suspitio Dolo malo haec fieri,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8; cf. id. ib. 4, 4, 58; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 34:
quippe etenim jam tum divom mortalia saecla Egregias animo facies vigilante videbant,
Lucr. 5, 1169; 5, 1037:
ut mihi jam tum divinasse ille (Romulus) videatur hanc urbem sedem aliquando summo esse imperio praebituram,
Cic. Rep. 2, 5, 10; 2, 7, 12; id. Div. 2, 57, 118; id. Tusc. 4, 2, 4:
jam tum in Palatio monte Lupercal hoc fuisse ludicrum ferunt,
Liv. 1, 5, 1; 1, 7, 16; 1, 41, 7; 10, 21, 14;
24, 49, 1: ut jam tum qualis futurus esset ostenderet,
Suet. Dom. 1; Curt. 4, 6, 29.—
2.
Tum demum and tum denique, then only, then at length, then at last, not till then, i. e. later than might be expected, implying delayed action.
a.
Tum demum.
(α).
In gen.:
adversisque in rebus noscere qui sit. Nam verae voces tum demum pectore ab imo Eiciuntur,
Lucr. 3, 58:
tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 5, 33; Sall. J. 46, 1:
nec ante in campum degressi sunt quam, etc. Tum demum castra Etruscorum pro moenibus Fidenarum posita,
Liv. 4, 17, 12; 45, 12, 6; 2, 20, 11; 5, 39, 2; 23, 19, 15 et saep.; Val. Max. 1, 6, 10; 1, 7, 4; Curt. 3, 12, 12; Tac. A. 3, 18; 3, 47.—
(β).
In partic., referring to clauses introduced by cum, ubi, si, or abl. absol. (v. II. A. B. L. M.), denoting absolute restriction to the terms of the clause:
imo etiam ubi expolivero, magis hoc tum demum dices,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 60:
tum demum mihi procax Academia videbitur si aut consenserint omnes, aut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 1, 6, 13:
cum is Casilini eo die mansurum dixisset, tum demum cognitus est error,
Liv. 22, 13, 8; Vell. 2, 115, 4; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 fin.; 7, 2, 4; Curt. 3, 11, 6; Plin. Ep. 8, 20, 7.—
(γ).
Sometimes = nunc demum (anteclass.): victus es, Chaline. St. Tum nos demum vivere. Olympio. Gaudeo, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 65.—
b.
Tum denique.
(α).
In gen.:
tum denique tauros in gregem redigo,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5:
injecta glaeba tumulus is (locus) ubi humatus est vocatur, ac tum denique multa religiosa jura complectitur,
Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; id. Fin. 3, 22, 76; id. Tusc. 3, 26, 61: nequiquam temptati ut tum denique desisterent impediendo bello, Liv. 4, 55, 5; Ov. M. 4, 519; 7, 857; 10, 664.—
(β).
Referring to clauses with cum, etc. (v. II. A. B. L. M.):
tum denique homines nostra intellegimus bona quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33:
quo cum venerimus, tum denique vivemus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75; 3, 31, 75; id. Leg. 2, 4, 10; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,
tum denique si,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10, § 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:
indicandum primum fuisse, dein petendum praesidium, postremo ni impetraretur, tum denique querendum,
Liv. 23, 43, 2; Cato ap. Plin. 17, 18, 29, § 126 (for tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9, v. II. D. 2. a).—
3.
Tum primum (rarely primo), then for the first time:
tum genus humanum primum mollescere coepit,
Lucr. 5, 1014:
ludorum gratia quos tum primum anniversarios in circo facere constituisset,
Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 12; id. Sen. 21, 78; Caes. B. G. 7, 11:
ponte sublicio tum primum in Tiberi facto,
Liv. 1, 33, 6; 2, 41, 3; 39, 22, 2; 2, 20, 6; 39, 49, 4; Vell. 2, 37, 5; Tac. A. 2, 27; id. H. 4, 57; Curt. 3, 12, 26. —
4.
With deinde, hic, postea, with consecutive force emphatic.
a.
Deinde tum (very rare):
primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitare debemus, deinde tum dicere ac facere,
Varr. L. L. 6, 6, 62.—
b.
Tum deinde.
(α).
= tum demum or tum denique, then at length, not till then, then only:
nonne optime patronus occurrat prius conviciis luxuriae, etc., tum deinde narret de bonis Pallae? etc.,
Quint. 4, 2, 27; 12, 10, 11:
emam, aedificabo, credam, exigam, honores geram: tum deinde lassam senectutem in otium referam,
Sen. Ep. 101, 4; Plin. 16, 44, 95, § 251.—So corresp. with cum:
quas cum solus pertulisset, tum deinde comitia collegae subrogando habuit,
Liv. 2, 8, 3 (Weissenb. demum, by conj.); Col. R. R. 1, 6, 13. —
(β).
= an emphatic deinde: nam praetermisit quod in prima parte sumere debuit;
tum deinde eodem ipso quod omiserat quasi proposito ad confirmandum aliud utitur,
Gell. 2, 8, 3; 13, 24 (23), 1; Just. 2, 1, 19.—
c.
With hic:
hic tum repente Pacilius quidam accedit, ait, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94:
hic ego tum ad respondendum surrexi,
id. Clu. 18, 51; 27, 73:
hic tum injectus est hominibus scrupulus,
id. ib. 28, 76; id. Sest. 11, 25.—
d.
Tum postea:
tum postea complorantibus nostris, dies quidem tandem inluxit,
Gell. 19, 1, 3; so id. 14, 3, 10 (for quid tum postea, v. D. 1.).—
5.
With interim:
unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat... Tum interim, Q. Hortensio, Q. Metello coss.... despondet ei filiam suam,
Cic. Clu. 64, 179.—
B.
With particles of emphasis.
1.
Tum vero (sometimes tum enimvero or enimvero tum), then indeed, at that crisis, then if not before, etc., or merely = emphatic then, denoting either coincidence or sequence of action.
(α).
In gen.:
discedit a Melino Cluentia. Tum vero illa egregia mater palam exsultare... coepit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 14; 22, 61; id. Agr. 1, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 41, § 107:
semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere... tum vero ita sum perturbatus ut, etc.,
id. Clu. 18, 51:
tum vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8; 5, 37; id. B. C. 1, 82; 2, 42:
Aruns Tarquinius et Tullia minor... junguntur nuptiis. Tum vero in dies infestior Tulli senectus... coepit esse,
Liv. 1, 47, 1; 2, 22, 6; 4, 49, 13; 10, 19, 12; 21, 45, 9; 21, 58, 5; Ov. M. 2, 227; 7, 685; Curt. 4, 13, 1; 3, 11, 5; Tac. Agr. 37.—And in enumerations:
deinde... post autem... tum vero ipsam veterem Karthaginem vendunt,
Cic. Agr. 1, 2, 5.—
(β).
As correlative of temporal or conditional clauses, and after abl. absol.:
quod ubi Romam est nuntiatum, senatui metum injecit ne tum vero sustineri nec in urbe seditio, nec in castris posset,
Liv. 5, 7, 4; Sall. J. 94, 3:
tum vero... si,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 63; Liv. 6, 14, 4 (v. II. M. 1. a, b).—With cum, Liv. 32, 12, 1:
quae postquam frustra temptata rogumque parari... vidit, Tum vero gemitus... Edidit,
Ov. M. 2, 621; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40; v. C. 1. b. (so, tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; v. II. D. 2. and M. 1.).—
2.
Tum quidem, at that time, thereupon, then at least (usu. opposed to a later time): dixit sibi in somnis visum esse, etc. Et tum quidem incolumis exercitum liberavit; post triennium autem devovit se, etc., Cic. Div. 1, 24, 51; so,
actum quidem,
id. Fl. 25, 59; id. Lael. 11, 39:
et tum quidem ab Dio Perseus in interiora regni recepit se... post dies paucos, etc.,
Liv. 42, 39, 1; 1, 57, 10; 3, 2, 10;
7, 17, 3.—Often in resuming the narrative after a digression: ac tum quidem regem... filium appellat,
Curt. 4, 7, 25.—Merely emphatic:
Duillio Cornelioque coss. etiam mari congredi ausus est. Tum quidem ipsa velocitas classis comparatae victoriae auspicium fuit,
Flor. 1, 18 (2, 2), 7; so id. 1, 22 (2, 6), 20; 1, 40 (3, 5), 12.—With cum, Tac. Dial. 11.—
3.
Ne tum quidem, not even then:
num quis horum miser hodie? Ne tum quidem, post spiritum extremum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 37, 89; id. Div. 1, 26, 55; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, § 98:
ubi ne tum quidem eos prodire intellexit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 50; 7, 53; Tac. H. 5, 21; Curt. 3, 2, 18.—With cum:
ille vere ne tum quidem miser cum ab Oroete in crucem actus est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 30, 92; so id. Tusc. 5, 20, 57; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; Liv. praef. 12; 39, 39, 11.—
4.
Tum maxime (sometimes tum cummaxime).
(α).
Especially at that time, chiefly then: illi sumposia, nos convivia quod tum maxime simul vivitur, Cic. Fam. 9, 24, 35; id. Leg. 2, 11, 26.—With cum:
quae quidem vis tum maxime cognita est cum... M. Cato, legem suadens, in Galbam multa dixit,
Cic. Brut. 23, 89; id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Par. 4, 1, 29.—
(β).
Just then, just at that moment (not ante-Aug.):
regi, tum maxime captivos ex Illyrico vendenti,
Liv. 43, 20, 3; 1, 10, 1:
per totam aciem vulgatum est, castra amissa esse, et tum cummaxime ardere,
id. 40, 32, 1; so,
tum cummaxime,
id. 43, 7, 8:
corpus enim suum a caupone trucidatum tum maxime plaustro ad portam ferri,
Val. Max. 1, 7, ext. 10; 2, 10, 2; 3, 2, 2 fin.; Curt. 3, 4, 14; 6, 6, 10; Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154; Quint. 2, 15, 30; 2, 61, 31; Suet. Caes. 65; id. Calig. 53.—So with cum:
et quod tum maxime Abydum oppugnaret cum rex ab Attalo et Rhodiis ultro se bello lacessitum diceret,
Liv. 31, 18, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 15, 2.—
(γ).
Strengthening the co-ordinate tum after cum, so especially; v. I. C. 3. e. b (for cum maxime... tum maxime and tum maxime... cum plurimum, v. II. A. 3. a. b.).—
5.
Tum potissimum = tum maxime, just then (rare):
C. Caesar... tum potissimum acie commissa impeditos religione hostes vicit,
Front. Strat. 2, 1, 16.—
6.
Etiam tum.
(α).
Even then:
etiam tum vivit cum esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28:
totum se Servilio etiam tum tradidit,
even then, at so late a time, Cic. Sest. 62, 130:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit,
id. Rosc. Am. 20, 57.— So with cum, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 59, § 154; id. Dom. 13, 23; id. Sest. 38, 81.—
(β).
Still, as yet (also as one word; cf. etiamtum, and v. the foll. additional passages), Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 19, § 41; id. Fin. 3, 14, 48; id. Rep. 2, 12, 24; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; id. Brut. 20, 80; id. Off. 2, 14, 47; Caes. B. C. 3, 93; Liv. 5, 40, 10; Val. Max. 9, 6, 3; Tac. A. 3, 72; Suet. Claud. 27 fin.; id. Dom. 22.—
And with a negation, = nondum: ipsa ego non longos etiam tum scissa capillos,
not yet long, Ov. H. 8, 79.—
7.
Tum etiam.
(α).
Followed by si or cum, even if, even when:
atque equidem filium Tum etiam si nolit, cogam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 65:
qui tum etiam cum... circumfusi erant caligine,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45.—
(β).
Then also, then too, besides:
tum etiam illud cogitatote, sic vivere Cornelium ut, etc.,
Cic. Balb. 28, 65; id. N. D. 1, 16, 43; so id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Fin. 2, 16, 53; Col. 12 praef.—
8.
Tum quoque.
(α).
Also then, then likewise, then as before, then as on another occasion mentioned before: ceu lapidem si Percutiat lapis aut ferrum;
nam tum quoque lumen Exsilit,
Lucr. 6, 162:
tum quoque homini plus tribui quam nescio cui necessitati,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 11, 28:
tum quoque multis milibus Latinorum in civitatem acceptis,
Liv. 1, 33, 5; 2, 52, 2; 21, 22, 4; Caes. B. C. 3, 37; Ov. M. 14, 369.—
(β).
Even then, = etiam tum (rare):
et tamen tum quoque se absentes triumphare credunt,
Liv. 45, 38, 13; 39, 41, 3; 39, 47, 11; Ov. H. 17 (18), 190.—
(γ).
In orat. obliq. (v. I. A. 2.), even now:
quod si Romani tum quoque aequa aspernarentur,
Liv. 42, 62, 7. —
(δ).
= sic quoque, even under the circumstances, even as it was, etc. (v. sic, V. 3.): ut si effugium patuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint. Tum quoque [p. 1912] aliquotiens integro corpore evaserunt, Liv. 24, 26, 13; 40, 16, 6; 43, 4, 1;
9, 13, 9: tum quoque, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit,
Just. 2, 9, 18.—
9.
Tum ipsum = eo ipso tempore, at the very time, just then, even then (only in Cic. in four passages; cf.:
nunc ipsum): tota igitur ratio talium largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum... moderanda est,
Cic. Off. 2, 17, 60:
quem quidem cum sua voluntate ex patria Karthaginem revertisset, tum ipsum cum vigiliis et fame cruciaretur, clamat virtus beatiorem fuisse quam Thorium,
id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv. ad loc.:
tum ipsum cum immolare velis extorum fieri mutatio potest,
id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
ita (oratores), non injuria, quotienscunque dicerent, id quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,
id. Or. 1, 27, 123.—
C.
Tum with co-ordinating particles.
1.
Tum autem.
(α).
= praeterea, and then, besides (v. I. C. 1.): turpilucricupidum te vocant cives tui;
tum autem sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:
oves scabrae sunt... Tum autem Surorum nemo exstat qui ibi sex menses vixerit,
id. ib. 2, 4, 141; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 4, 2, 3; id. Poen. 5, 5, 34; 5, 7, 22; Ter. And. 1, 5, 34; id. Eun. 5, 9, 7; id. Hec. 2, 1, 14; 3, 2, 10:
tum autem qui non ipso honesto movemur... callidi sumus, non boni,
Cic. Leg. 1, 14, 41; id. Or. 1, 58, 247; 2, 19, 80.—
(β).
= tum... tum:
visne igitur inter hos populos inambulantes, tum autem residentes quaeramus eisdem de rebus?
Cic. Leg. 1, 5, 15.—
(γ).
= eo tempore, with autem as connective:
tum illic autem Lemnius... uxorem duxit, etc.,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 25:
tum autem ex omnibus montibus nives proluit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 48.—
(δ).
But in this instance:
uxori emunda ancilla'st: tum autem pluscula Supellectile opus est,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 60; 5, 7, 25 sq.—
2.
For tum etiam, v. B. 7. b.—
3.
Tum praeterea:
nam tui similis est probe. Tum praeterea talem, nisi tu, nulla pareret filium,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 20; so id. Ad. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33; Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56 (v. I. C. 3. e. l).—
4.
Tum porro:
tum porro venti magnam quoque tollere partem Umoris possunt,
Lucr. 6, 623; 4, 829 (827).—
D.
Quid tum?
1.
In dialogue, what then? what next? what further? novi ego hos pugnos meos. Ca. Quid tum? Th. Quid tum? Rogitas? Hisce ego, si tu me inritaveris, placidum te hodie reddam, Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49; so id. As. 2, 2, 83; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 47; 3, 5, 66; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 8.—And strengthened:
quid tum postea?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; id. As. 2, 2, 68; 2, 2, 79; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 78; 4, 2, 9; 4, 7, 23; id. Ad. 4, 5, 15; id. Hec. 4, 1, 36: videsne abundare me otio? A. Quid tum? Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26.—
2.
In imitation of a dialogue:
at mulctantur bonis exsules. Quid tum? Parumne multa de toleranda paupertate dicuntur?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 37, 107; so id. Quint. 22, 72; 27, 84; id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; id. Dom. 47, 123; id. Dejot. 7, 22; id. Phil. 1, 10, 26; Hor. S. 2, 3, 230.—
3.
As emphatic co-ordinative in quoting the different items of a document, law, etc.: quive in senatu sententiam dixit, dixerit. Quid tum? Qui eorum coiit, coierit, etc., what next? i. e. and then, listen! Cic. Clu. 54, 148; so id. Agr. 1, 5, 16; 3, 3, 11; id. Mur. 12, 26; id. Fl. 23, 55.—
E.
Tum temporis = eo tempore (post class. and rare; cf.:
tunc temporis): postera die civitas principem suum, ac tum temporis consulem in foro expectabat,
Just. 31, 2, 6.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tum

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

How Long, Not Long — is the popular name given to the public speech delivered by Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., on the steps of the State Capitol Building in Montgomery, Alabama, after the successful completion of the Selma to Montgomery March on March 25, 1965. The… … Wikipedia
Long — Long, adv. [AS. lance.] 1. To a great extent in space; as, a long drawn out line. [1913 Webster] 2. To a great extent in time; during a long time. [1913 Webster] They that tarry long at the wine. Prov. xxiii. 30. [1913 Webster] When the trumpet… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Not Going Out — Title screen of Not Going Out since series 2 Format Comedy Created by Lee Mack … Wikipedia
Not Fade Away (Angel) — Not Fade Away Angel episode Episode no. Season 5 Episode 22 Directed by Jeffrey Bell Written by … Wikipedia
Long — Long, a. [Compar. {Longer}; superl. {Longest}.] [AS. long, lang; akin to OS, OFries., D., & G. lang, Icel. langr, Sw. l[*a]ng, Dan. lang, Goth. laggs, L. longus. [root]125. Cf. {Length}, {Ling} a fish, {Linger}, {Lunge}, {Purloin}.] 1. Drawn out… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Long clam — Long Long, a. [Compar. {Longer}; superl. {Longest}.] [AS. long, lang; akin to OS, OFries., D., & G. lang, Icel. langr, Sw. l[*a]ng, Dan. lang, Goth. laggs, L. longus. [root]125. Cf. {Length}, {Ling} a fish, {Linger}, {Lunge}, {Purloin}.] 1. Drawn … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Long cloth — Long Long, a. [Compar. {Longer}; superl. {Longest}.] [AS. long, lang; akin to OS, OFries., D., & G. lang, Icel. langr, Sw. l[*a]ng, Dan. lang, Goth. laggs, L. longus. [root]125. Cf. {Length}, {Ling} a fish, {Linger}, {Lunge}, {Purloin}.] 1. Drawn … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Long clothes — Long Long, a. [Compar. {Longer}; superl. {Longest}.] [AS. long, lang; akin to OS, OFries., D., & G. lang, Icel. langr, Sw. l[*a]ng, Dan. lang, Goth. laggs, L. longus. [root]125. Cf. {Length}, {Ling} a fish, {Linger}, {Lunge}, {Purloin}.] 1. Drawn … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Long division — Long Long, a. [Compar. {Longer}; superl. {Longest}.] [AS. long, lang; akin to OS, OFries., D., & G. lang, Icel. langr, Sw. l[*a]ng, Dan. lang, Goth. laggs, L. longus. [root]125. Cf. {Length}, {Ling} a fish, {Linger}, {Lunge}, {Purloin}.] 1. Drawn … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Long dozen — Long Long, a. [Compar. {Longer}; superl. {Longest}.] [AS. long, lang; akin to OS, OFries., D., & G. lang, Icel. langr, Sw. l[*a]ng, Dan. lang, Goth. laggs, L. longus. [root]125. Cf. {Length}, {Ling} a fish, {Linger}, {Lunge}, {Purloin}.] 1. Drawn … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Long home — Long Long, a. [Compar. {Longer}; superl. {Longest}.] [AS. long, lang; akin to OS, OFries., D., & G. lang, Icel. langr, Sw. l[*a]ng, Dan. lang, Goth. laggs, L. longus. [root]125. Cf. {Length}, {Ling} a fish, {Linger}, {Lunge}, {Purloin}.] 1. Drawn … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с латинского на все языки

not long before

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с латинского на все языки

not long before

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: